Ansi B31.4

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Licensed by Information Handling Services

The American Society of
Mechanical Engineers
A N A M E R I C A N
N A T I O N A L
S T A N D A R D
PP
IELN
I ETRANSPORA ilTO
IN
SYSTEMS FOR LIQUID
HYDROCARBONS A
OTHER LIQUIDS
ASME CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING, B31
ASME B31.4-1888 Edion

Date of Issuance: April 30, 1999
Mandatory Date: October 31, 1999
The 1998 Edition of this Code is being issued with an automatic update service that
includes Addenda,Interpretations,and Cases. The next Editionis scheduled for publication
in 2001.
The use of Addenda allows revisions made in response to public review comments or
committee actions to be published on a regular basis;revisions published in Addenda will
become effective 6 months after the Date of Issuance of the Addenda.
ASME issues writtenreplies to inquiries concerning interpretationsof technical aspects
of the Code. The Interpretations are published in a separate supplement.
Periodically certain actions of the ASME B31 Committee will be published as Cases.
While these Cases do not constitute formal revisions of the Code, they may be used in
specifications, or otherwise, as representing considered opinions of the Committee. The
Cases are published in a separate supplement.
The user of the Code will note that metric equivalents of U.S. Customary units appear
in many places in this Code. The values statedin U.S. Customary units are tobe regarded
as the standard, unless otherwise agreed between contracting parties.
ASME is the registered trademark of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
This code or standard was developed under procedures accredited as meeting the criteria for American
National Standards. The.Standards Committee that approved the code or standard was balanced to assure that
individuals from competent and concerned interests have had an opportunity to participate. The proposed code
or standard was made available for public review and comment which provides an oppoltunity for additional
public input from industry, academia, regulatory agencies, and the public-at-large.
ASME does not “approve,” “rate,” or “endorse” any item, construction, proprietary device, or activity.
ASME does not take any position with respect to the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with
any items mentioned in this document, and does not undertake to insure anyone utilizing a standard against
liability for infringement of any applicable Letters Patent, nor assume any such liability. Users of a code or
standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the risk of
infringement of such rights, is entirely their own responsibility.
Participation by federal agency representative(s) or person(s) affiliated with industry is not to be interpreted
as government or industry endorsement of this code or standard.
ASME accepts responsibility for only those interpretations issued in accordance with governing ASME
procedures and policies which preclude the issuance of interpretations by individual volunteers.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form,

in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990
Copyright 0 1999 by
THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
All Rights Reserved
Printed in U.S.A.

CONTENTS
Foreword ................................................................................. xi
...
Personnel ................................................................................. x111
Introduction ............................................................................... wii

Summary of Changes ...................................................................... xix
Chapter I Scope and Definitions
400 GeneralStatements ......................................................... 1
400.1 scope ..................................................................... 1
400.2 Definitions ................................................................. 2
Figures
400.1.1 DiagramShowingScope of ASME B31.4 ExcludingCarbonDioxide
PipelineSystems(SeeFig . 400.1.2) ...................................... 3
400.1.2 DiagramShowingScope of ASME B31.4 for CarbonDioxidePipeline
Systems ................................................................. 4
Chapter I1 Design
Part I Conditions and Criteria ................................................... 9
401 DesignConditions ......................................................... 9
401.1 General ................................................................... 9
401.2 Pressure ................................................................... 9
401.3 Temperature ............................................................... 9
40 1.4 AmbientInfluences ......................................................... 9
401.5 Dynamic Effects ........................................................... 9
40 1.6 Weight Effects ............................................................. 9
40 1.7 ThermalExpansionandContractionLoads .................................. 10
401.8 RelativeMovement of Connected Components ............................... 10
402 DesignCriteria ............................................................ 10
402.1 General ................................................................... 10
402.2 Pressure-TemperatureRatings for PipingComponents ........................ 10
402.3 AllowableStressesandOtherStressLimits ................................. 11
402.4 Allowances ................................................................ 14
402.5 FracturePropagationinCarbonDioxidePipelines ............................ 14
Part 2 PressureDesign of PipingComponents .................................... 14
403 Criteria for PressureDesign of PipingComponents .......................... 14
404 PressureDesign of Components ............................................ 14
404.1 StraightPipe .............................................................. 14
404.2 CurvedSegments of Pipe .................................................. 16
404.3 Intersections ............................................................... 16
404.5 PressureDesign of Flanges ................................................. 24
404.6 Reducers .................................................................. 24
404.7 PressureDesign of OtherPressureContainingComponents ................... 24
Part 3 DesignApplications of PipingComponentsSelectionand Limitations ...... 25
...
111

Chapter I1 Design(Cont’d)
405 Pipe ....................................................................... 25
405.2 MetallicPipe .............................................................. 25
406 Fittings.Elbows.Bends.andIntersections ................................... 25
406.1 Fittings .................................................................... 25
406.2 Bends.Miters.andElbows ................................................. 25
406.3 Couplings ................................................................. 26
406.4 Reductions ................................................................ 26
406.5 Intersections ............................................................... 26
406.6 Closures ................................................................... 26
407 Valves .................................................................... 27
407.1 General ................................................................... 27
407.8 SpecialValves ............................................................. 27
408 Flanges.Facings.Gaskets.andBolting ...................................... 27
408.1 Flanges .................................................................... 27
408.3 FlangeFacings ............................................................ 27
408.4 Gaskets ................................................................... 27
408.5 Bolting .................................................................... 28
409 Used PipingComponentsandEquipment .................................... 28
Part 4 Selection andLimitation of PipingJoints ................................. 28
41 1 WeldedJoints ............................................................. 28
41 1.2 ButtWelds ................................................................ 28
412 FlangedJoints ............................................................. 28
412.1 General ................................................................... 28
414 ThreadedJoints ............................................................ 28
414.1 General ................................................................... 28
418 Sleeve.Coupled.andOtherPatentedJoints .................................. 29
418.1 General ................................................................... 29
Part 5 Expansion.Flexibility.StructuralAttachments.Supports.and
Restraints .............................................................. 29
419 ExpansionandFlexibility ................................................... 29
419.1 General ................................................................... 29
419.5 Flexibility ................................................................. 29
419.6 Properties ................................................................. 29
419.7 Analysis ................................................................... 30
420 Loads onPipeSupportingElements ......................................... 33
420.1 General ................................................................... 33
421 DesignofPipeSupportingElements ........................................ 33
421.1 Supports.Braces.andAnchors .............................................. 33
Part 6 AuxiliaryandOtherSpecificPiping ....................................... 33
422 DesignRequirements ....................................................... 33
422.3 InstrumentandOtherAuxiliaryLiquidPetroleum or LiquidAnhydrous
AmmoniaPiping ......................................................... 33
422.6 PressureDisposalPiping ................................................... 33
Figures
404.3.1(b)(3) ReinforcedExtrudedOutlets ................................................ 17
404.3.l(c)( 1) Welding Details forOpeningsWithCompleteEncirclementTypesof
Reinforcement ........................................................... 19
WeldingDetailsforOpeningsWithLocalizedTypeReinforcement ........... 20
iv

Chapter I1 Design
(Cont’d)
WeldingDetailsforOpeningsWithoutReinforcementOther Than That
inHeaderandBranchWalls ............................................. 21
404.3.1(d)(2) ReinforcementofBranchConnections ....................................... 23
419.6.4(c) FlexibilityFactor k andStressIntensificationFactor i ........................ 31
Tables
402.3.1(a) TabulationofExamplesofAllowableStresses for Reference Use in
PipingSystemsWithintheScope of ThisCode ........................... 12
402.4.3 Weld JointFactor E ....................................................... 15
404.3.1(c) DesignCriteriaforWeldedBranchConnections ............................. 21
Chapter III Materials
423 Materials . GeneralRequirements ......................................... 35
423.1 AcceptableMaterialsandSpecifications ..................................... 35
423.2 Limitations on Materials .................................................... 35
425 MaterialsApplied to MiscellaneousParts .................................... 35
425.3 Gaskets ................................................................... 35
425.4 Bolting .................................................................... 35
Table
423.1 MaterialStandards ........................................................ 36
Chapter IV DimensionalRequirements
426 DimensionalRequirementsforStandardandNonstandardPiping
Components .............................................................. 39
426.1 StandardPipingComponents ............................................... 39
426.2 NonstandardPipingComponents ............................................ 39
426.3 Threads ................................................................... 39
Table
426.1 DimensionalStandards ..................................................... 40
Chapter V Construction.Welding.andAssembly
434 Construction ............................................................... 41
434.1 General ................................................................... 41
434.2 Inspection ................................................................. 41
434.3 RightofWay ............................................................. 41
434.4 Handling.Hauling.Stringing.andStoring ................................... 41
434.5 DamagetoFabricatedItemsandPipe ....................................... 41
434.6 Ditching ................................................................... 42
434.7 Bends.Miters.and Elbows ................................................. 42
434.8 Welding ................................................................... 43
434.9 Tie-In ..................................................................... 47
434.10 Installation of Pipe inthe Ditch ............................................ 47
434.11 Backfilling ................................................................. 47
434.12 Restoration of Right of WayandCleanup ................................... 48
434.13 SpecialCrossings .......................................................... 48
434.14 InlandCoastalWaterConstruction .......................................... 49
434.15 BlockandIsolatingValves ................................................. 49
434.16 ConnectionstoMainLines ................................................. 50
434.17 ScraperTraps .............................................................. 50
434.18 LineMarkers .............................................................. 50
434.19 CorrosionControl .......................................................... 50

Chapter V Construction.
Welding.
andAssembly
(Cont’d)
434.20 PumpStation.TankFarm. and TerminalConstruction ........................ 50
434.21 Storage and Working Tankage .............................................. 51
434.22 Electrical Installations ...................................................... 52
434.23 Liquid
Metering ........................................................... 52
434.24 Liquid Strainers and Filters ................................................. 52
435 Assembly of PipingComponents ............................................ 53
435.1 General ................................................................... 53
435.2 Bolting
Procedure .......................................................... 53
435.3 PumpingUnitPiping ....................................................... 53
435.4 Manifolds ................................................................. 53
435.5 AuxiliaryLiquidPetroleum. Carbon Dioxide.LiquidAnhydrous
Ammonia. or LiquidAlcoholPiping ...................................... 53
Figures
434.8.6(a)-( I ) AcceptableButtWeldedJointDesign for EqualWallThicknesses ............ 45
434.8.6(a)-(2) AcceptableButtWelded Joint DesignforUnequalWallThicknesses ......... 46
434.8.6(b) RecommendedAttachmentDetails of Flanges ................................ 48
Table
434.qa) Minimum Cover for Buried Pipelines ....................................... 43
Chapter VI InspectionandTesting
436 Inspection ................................................................. 55
436.1 General ................................................................... 55
436.2 Qualification of Inspectors .................................................. 55
436.5 Type and Extent of ExaminationRequired .................................. 55
436.6 Repair of Defects .......................................................... 56
437 Testing .................................................................... 56
437.1 General ................................................................... 56
437.4 Test Pressure .............................................................. 56
437.6 Qualification Tests ......................................................... 57
437.7 Records ................................................................... 58
Chapter VI1 OperationandMaintenanceProcedures
450 OperationandMaintenanceProcedures Affecting theSafety of Liquid
Transportation Piping Systems ............................................ 59
450.1 General ................................................................... 59
450.2 Operation andMaintenancePlansand Procedures ............................ 59
45 1 PipelineOperationand Maintenance ........................................ 60
451.1 Operating Pressure ......................................................... 60
451.2 Communications ........................................................... 60
45 1.3 Markers ................................................................... 60
45 I .4 RightofWayMaintenance ................................................. 60
451.5 Patrolling .................................................................. 60
45 1.6 PipelineRepairs ........................................................... 60
45 1.7 Derating a Pipelineto a Lower Operating Pressure .......................... 64
45 1.8 Valve Maintenance ......................................................... 64
45 1.9 Railroads andHighways Crossing Existing Pipelines ......................... 64
45 1.IO Inland Waters PlatformRisers .............................................. 65
452 PumpStation.Terminal.and Tank Farm OperationandMaintenance ......... 65
452.1 General ................................................................... 65
452.2 Controls andProtectiveEquipment .......................................... 65
vi

Chapter VI1 OperationandMaintenanceProcedures(Cont’d)
452.3 Storage Vessels ............................................................ 65
452.4 Storage of Combustible Materials ........................................... 65
452.5 Fencing ................................................................... 65
452.6 Signs ...................................................................... 65
452.7 PreventionofAccidentalIgnition ........................................... 65
453 Corrosion Control .......................................................... 66
454 EmergencyPlan ........................................................... 66
455 Records ................................................................... 67
456 Qualifying aPiping System for aHigher Operating Pressure ................. 67
457 AbandoningaPiping System ............................................... 67
Figure
45 1.6.2(a)(7) ParametersUsed in Analysis of the Strength of Corroded Areas .............. 62
Chapter VI11 CorrosionControl
460 General ................................................................... 69
46 1 External Corrosion Control for Buried or Submerged Pipelines ............... 69
461.1 New Installations .......................................................... 69
461.2 Existing Piping Systems .................................................... 71
461.3 Monitoring ................................................................ 71
462 Internal Corrosion Control .................................................. 72
462.3 Monitoring ................................................................ 72
463 External Corrosion Control for PipingExposed to Atmosphere ............... 73
463.3 Monitoring ................................................................ 73
464 Corrective Measures ........................................................ 73
465 Records ................................................................... 73
Chapter IX OffshoreLiquidPipeline Systems
A400 General Statememts ........................................................ 75
A400.1 scope ..................................................................... 75
A400.2 Definitions ................................................................. 75
A40 1 Design Conditions ......................................................... 76
A401.1 General ................................................................... 76
A40 1.9 Installation Design Considerations ........................................... 76
A401.10 Operational Design Considerations .......................................... 77
A401.11 Hydrostatic Test Design Considerations ...................................... 78
A401.12 Route Selection Considerations ............................................. 78
A402 Design Criteria ............................................................ 79
A402.3 Allowable Stresses and Other Stress Limits ................................. 79
A402.4 Allowances ................................................................ 83
A404 Pressure Design of Components ............................................ 83
A404.1 Straight Pipe .............................................................. 83
A404.3 Intersections ............................................................... 83
A405 Pipe ....................................................................... 83
A405.2 Metallic Pipe .............................................................. 83
A405.3 Flexible Pipe .............................................................. 84
A406 Fittings.Elbows.Bends.and Intersections ................................... 84
vii

Chapter IX Offshore Liquid Pipeline Systems (Cont’d)
A406.2 Bends.Miters.and Elbows ................................................. 84
A406.4 Reductions ................................................................ 84
A406.6 Closures ................................................................... 84
A407 Valves .................................................................... 84
A407.1 General ................................................................... 84
A408 Flanges.Facings.Gaskets.andBolting ...................................... 84
A408.1 Flanges .................................................................... 84
A408.3 Flange Facings ............................................................ 84
A409 UsedPiping Components andEquipment .................................... 84
A410 Other Design Considerations ................................................ 84
A4 10.1 PigsandInternalInspection Tools .......................................... 84
A410.2 Special Components ........................................................ 84
A414 Threaded Joints ............................................................ 85
A414.1 General ................................................................... 85
A419 Expansionand Flexibility .................................................... 85
A42 1 Design of Pipe-Supporting Elements ........................................ 85
A423 Materials - General Requirements ......................................... 85
A423.1 Acceptable Materials and Specifications ..................................... 85
A423.2 Limitations on Materials .................................................... 85
A434 Construction ............................................................... 85
A434.2 Inspection ................................................................. 85
A434.3 Right-of-way .............................................................. 85
A434.4 Handling.Hauling.Stringing.and Storing ................................... 85
A434.6 Ditching ................................................................... 85
A434.7 Bends.Miters. and Elbows ................................................. 86
A434.8 Welding ................................................................... 86
A434.11 Backfilling ................................................................. 86
A434.13 Special Crossings .......................................................... 86
A434.14 Offshore Pipeline Construction .............................................. 86
A434.15 BlockandIsolatingValves ................................................. 87
A434.18 Line
Markers .............................................................. 87
A436 Inspection ................................................................. 87
A436.2 Qualification of Inspectors .................................................. 87
A436.5 Type and Extent of ExaminationRequired .................................. 87
A437 Testing .................................................................... 87
A437.1 General ................................................................... 87
A437.4 Test Pressure .............................................................. 87
A437.6 Qualification
Tests ......................................................... 87
A437.7 Records ................................................................... 88
A450 OperationandMaintenance Procedures Affecting the Safety of Liquid
Transportation Piping Systems ............................................ 88
A450.2 OperationandMaintenancePlansandProcedures ............................ 88
A45 1 PipelineOperation and Maintenance ........................................ 88
A45 1.3 Markers ................................................................... 88
A45 1.4 Right-of-way Maintenance ................................................. 88
A45 1.5 Patrolling .................................................................. 88
A45 1.6 Pipeline
Repairs ........................................................... 88
A45 1.7 Derating a Pipeline to a Lower Operating Pressure .......................... 89
A45 1.8 Valve Maintenance ......................................................... 89
A45 1.9 Railroads and Highways Crossing Existing Pipelines ......................... 89
viii

Chapter IX Offshore Liquid Pipeline Systems (Cont’d)
A451.10 OffshorePipelineRisers .................................................... 89
A451.11 Inspection ................................................................. 89
A452 OffshorePlatform.PumpStation.Terminal.andTank Farm Operationand
Maintenance ............................................................. 89
A452.5 Fencing ................................................................... 89
A452.7 PreventionofAccidentalIgnition ........................................... 89
A454 EmergencyPlan ........................................................... 89
A460 General ................................................................... 89
A46 1 ExternalCorrosionControlforOffshoreSubmergedPipelines ................ 90
A461.1 New Installations .......................................................... 90
A46 1.3 Monitoring ................................................................ 91
A463 ExternalCorrosionControl for OffshorePipingSystemsExposedto
AtmosphericConditions .................................................. 91
A463.1 New Installations .......................................................... 91
Table
A402.3.5(a) DesignFactorsforOffshorePipelineSystems ............................... 80
Appendices
A ReferencedStandards ....................................................... 93
B Submittal of TechnicalInquiriestotheB31PressurePipingCommittee ....... 97
Index .................................................................................... 99
ix

FOREWORD
Theneedfor anationalcodeforpressurepiping intensive review of the 1942 code, and a revised code
becameincreasinglyevidentfrom1915to1925.To wasapprovedandpublishedinFebruary1951with
meet this needtheAmericanEngineeringStandards thedesignation ASAB31.1-1951,whichincluded:
Committee(laterchangedtotheAmericanStandards (a) a general revision and extension of requirements
Association)initiatedProject B31inMarch 1926at toagree with practicescurrentatthetime;
therequest of TheAmericanSocietyofMechanical
Engineers, and with that society as sole sponsor. After (6) revisionofreferencestoexistingdimensional
severalyears’workbySectionalCommitteeB31and standardsandmaterialspecifications,andtheaddition
its subcommittees, a first edition was published in 1935 of referencesto new ones;and
as an American Tentative Standard Code for Pressure (c) clarification of ambiguous or conflicting require-
Piping. ments.
Arevisionoftheoriginaltentativestandardwas Supplement No. 1 to B3 1.1 was approved and pub-
begun in 1937. Several more years’ effort was given to lished in1953 as ASA B31.la-1953. This Supplement
securing uniformity between sections and to eliminating andotherapprovedrevisionswereincludedinanew
divergentrequirementsanddiscrepancies, as well as edition of B31.1 published in 1955 with the designation
tokeepingthecodeabreastofcurrentdevelopments ASAB31.1-1955.
inweldingtechnique,stresscomputations,andrefer- A review by B31 Executive and Sectional Committees
ences tonew dimensional and material standards. During in1955resultedin a decision to develop and publish
thisperiodanewsectionwasaddedonrefrigeration industrysections as separatecodedocuments of the
piping,preparedincooperationwithTheAmerican American Standard B31 Code for Pressure Piping. ASA
Society of Refrigeration Engineers and complementing B31.4-1959wasthefirstseparatecodedocument for
the American Standard Code for Mechanical Refrigera- Oil Transportation Piping Systems and superseded that
tion.
This
workculminated in the
1942
American part of Section 3 of the B3 1.1- 1955 code covering Oil
StandardCodeforPressurePiping. TransportationPipingSystems. In 1966B31.4was
Supplements 1 and 2 of the
1942 code,
which revised to expand coverage on welding, inspection, and
appearedin1944and1947,respectively,introduced testing, and to add new chapters covering construction
new dimensional and material standards, a new formula requirements and operation and maintenance procedures
forpipewallthickness,andmorecomprehensivere- affecting the safety of the piping systems. This revision
quirementsforinstrumentandcontrolpiping.Shortly was published with the designation USAS B31.4-1966,
after the 1942 code was issued, procedures were estab- Liquid Petroleum Transportation Piping Systems, since
lishedforhandlinginquiriesthatrequireexplanation theAmericanStandardsAssociationwasreconstituted
or interpretation of code requirements, and for publish- as theUnited States ofAmericaStandardsInstitute
ingsuchinquiriesandanswers in Mechanical Engi- in1966.
neering fortheinformationofallconcerned. TheUnitedStates of AmericaStandardsInstitute,
Continuing increases in the severity of service condi- Inc.,changeditsname,effectiveOctober 6, 1969,to
tions, with concurrentdevelopments ofnew materials theAmericanNationalStandardsInstitute,Inc.,and
and designs equal to meeting these higher requirements, USASB31.4-1966wasredesignated as ANSIB31.4-
hadpointedtotheneedby1948formoreextensive 1966.TheB31SectionalCommittee was redesignated
changes inthe code than could be provided by supple- as American National Standards Committee B31 Code
ments alone. The decision was reachedby the American forPressurePiping,and,becauseofthewidefield
StandardsAssociationandthesponsor to reorganize involved, more than 40 different engineering societies,
the Sectional Committee and its several subcommittees, governmentbureaus,tradeassociations,institutes,and
and to invitethevariousinterestedbodiestoreaffirm the like hadoneormore representatives on Standards
their representativesor to designate new ones. Following CommitteeB31,plusafew“IndividualMembers”
itsreorganization,SectionalCommitteeB31made an to representgeneralinterests.Codeactivitieswere
xi

subdividedaccordingtothescopeoftheseveralsec- Following publication of the 1986 Edition, clarifying
tions, and general direction of Code activities rested with and editorial revisions were made to improve the text.
StandardsCommittee B31 officersandanExecutive Additionally, references to existing standards and mate-
Committee whose membership consisted principally of rialspecificationswererevised,andnewreferences
StandardsCommitteeofficersandchairmen of
the wereadded.Theserevisionsledtothepublicationof
SectionandTechnicalSpecialistsCommittees. an addenda toB3 1.4,which was approved and published
TheANSI B31.4-1966Code wasrevisedandpub- in 1987 as ASMWANSI B31.4a-1987.
lished in 1971 with the designation ANSI B31.4-1971. The 1989 Editionof B31.4 wasan inclusion ofthe
TheANSI B31.4-1971 Codewasrevisedand pub previouslypublishedaddendaintothe 1986 Edition.
lished in 1974 with the designation ANSI B31.4-1974. Following publication of the 1989 Edition, clarifying
InDecember 1978, AmericanNationalStandards revisions were made to improve the text. Additionally,
Committee B31 was converted to an ASME Committee references to existing standards and material specifica-
with procedures accredited by ANSI. The 1979 revision tions were revised and updated. These revisions led to
wasapprovedbyASMEandsubsequentlybyANSI thepublicationofanaddendato B31.4, whichwas
onNovember 1, 1979, withthedesignation ANSV approved and published in 1 9 9 1 as ASME B31.4a-1991.
ASME B31.4-1979. The 1992 Editionof B31.4 was an inclusion ofthe
Following publicationof the 1979 Edition, the B3 1.4 previouslypublishedaddendaintothe 1989 Edition
Section committee began work on expanding the scope and a revision to valve maintenance. The 1992 Edition
of the code to cover requirements for the transportation wasapprovedbytheAmericanNationalStandards
ofliquidalcohols.Referencestoexistingdimensional Institute onDecember 15, 1992, anddesignated as
standards and material specifications were revised, and ASME B31.4-1992 Edition.
new references were added. Other clarifying and edito- The 1998 Editionof B31.4 isan inclusion of the
rial revisions were made in order to improve the text. previouslypublishedaddendaintothe 1992 Edition.
These revisions led to the publication of two addenda Also included in this Edition are other revisions (noted
to B31.4. Addenda “b” to B31.4 was approvedand by the (98) margin notes) and the addition of Chapter
publishedin 1981 as ANSVASME B31.4b-1981.Ad- IX, Offshore Liquid Pipeline Systems. This 1998 Edition
denda “c” to B31.4 wasapprovedandpublishedin wasapprovedbytheAmericanNationalStandards
1986 as ANSVASME B31.4~-1986. Institute onNovember 11, 1998, anddesignated as
The 1986 Edition of B31.4 was an inclusion of the ASME B31.4-1998 Edition.
two previously published addenda into the1979 Edition.
xii

ASME CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING, B31
OFFICERS
L. E. Hayden, Jr, Chair
D.R Frikken, Vice Chair
J. Yarmush, Secretary
COMMITTEE PERSONNEL
P. A. Bouquin, Pleasantville, New York
J. D. Byers, Mobile E & P Technology, Dallas, Texas
P. D. Flenner, Consumers Energy, Covert, Michigan
D. M.Fox, TU Electric, Dallas, Texas
D.R Frikken, Solutia Inc., St Louis, Missouri
P. H. Gudner, Wilmington, Delaware
R W. Hmpt, Pressure Piping Engineering Associates. Inc., Foster City, California
L. E. Hayden, Jr., Victaulic Company of America, Easton, Pennsylvania
R R HomOann, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Washington, District of Columbia
B. P. Hdbrodq D.B. Riley Inc., Worcester, Massachusetts
G. A. Jolly, Vogt Valve Co., Louisville, Kentucky
K. Kaye, West Vancouver. British Columbia, Canada
W.B. MrCebce, Houston, Texas
E. Michalopoulos, Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance CO., Hartford. Connecticut
A. D. Nance A.D. Nance Associates, Inc., Evans, Georgia
W.V. Richards, William V. Richards, Inc., Lincolnshire, Illinois
L. J. Schmitz, Phillips Pipe Line Co., Bartlesville, Oklahoma
G. W. Spohn UI, Coleman Spohn Corp.. Cleveland, Ohio
R B. West, State of Iowa, Des Moines, Iowa
J. Yatmush, ASME International, New York, New York
B31.411 LIQUID AND SLURRY PIPING TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS

SECTION COMMITTEE
L.J. Sehmitz, Chair, Phillips Pipe Line Co., Bartlesville, Oklahoma
K C. Bodenhamer, Vice Chair, Mid-America Pipeline Co., Tulsa, Oklahoma
P. Pertuit, UI, Vice Chair. Black Mesa Pipeline Inc., Flagstaff, Arizona
B. P. Feder, Secretory, ASME International, New York, New York
R S. BPrtield, Barfield Engineers Inc. Humble, Texas
J. P.Barrett, Conoco Inc., Ponca City, Oklahoma
L. C. Bennington Milepost Consulting Services. Inc., Mansfield, Texas
A. E. Beyer, Bechtel Corp., Houston, Texas
R R Burnett, Tulsa, Oklahoma
E. E. Cavanagh, Mustang, Engineering, Inc., Houston, Texas
J. A. Cox, Colonial Pipeline Co.. Atlanta, Georgia
R D. Denver, Deatech ConsultingCo., Houston, Texas
F. E. Fiseher, Shell Oil Products Co., Houston, Texas
E. P. Hagen, Teppco, Houston, Texas
E. G. Jones, Bechtel, San Francisco, California
D. B. Kadakia, TD Williamson Inc., Tulsa, Oklahoma
xiii

J. F. Kiefner, Kiefner & Associates Inc., Worthington, Ohio
A. I. MacDonald, Consulting Metallurgical Engr., Upland, California
M. H. Matheson, American Petroleum Institute. Washington, District of Columbia
T. J. O’Grady, 11, Arco Alaska Inc., Anchorage, Alaska
W. M. Olson, Gulf Interstate Engineering Co., Houston, Texas
S. R Peterson, Lakehead Pipe Line Co., Duluth, Minnesota
J. T. Powers, Parsons Energy & Chemicals, Houston, Texas
E. C. Schoenfeldt, Independence, Kansas
R. N. Tennille, Pipeline & Terminal Engineering Consultants, Houston, Texas
D. R Turner, Williams Energy Group, Tulsa, Oklahoma
L. W. Ulrich, US Department of Transportation, Washington, District of Columbia
J. E. Zimmerhanzel, Brown & Root Inc., Houston, Texas
C. Zimmeman, NTSB, Washington, District of Columbia
B31 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

L. E. Hayden, Jr., Chair, Victaulic Company of America, Easton, Pennsylvania
D. R Frikken, Vice Chair, Solutia, Inc.. St. Louis, Missouri
J. Yarmush, Secrerary, ASME International, New York, New York
P. D. Flenner, Consumers Energy, Covert, Michigan
A. D. Nance, A.D. Nance Associates, Inc., Evans, Georgia
B31 MATERIALS, FABRICATIONS, AND EXAMINATION TECHNICAL

COMMITTEE
P. D. Flenner, Chair, Consumers Energy, Covert, Michigan
J. Yannush, Secretary, ASME International, New York, New York
E. Michalopoulos, Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Company, Hartford, Connecticut
W.G. S c ~ g gE.I.
~ , du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, Delaware
R I. Seals, Berkeley, California
R J. Silvia, Process Engineering & Constructors Inc., Wanvick, Rhode Island
W.J. Sperko, Sperko Engineering Services, Inc., Greensboro, North Carolina
E. F. Summers, Jr., Babcock & Wilcox,
I Barberton, Ohio
B31 MECHANICAL DESIGN TECHNICAL COMMITTEE

R. W.Haupt, Chair, Pressure Piping Engineering AssociatesInc., Foster City, California
J. Yannush, Secretary. ASME International, New York, New York
G. A. Antaki, Westinghouse Savannah River Co., Aiken, South Carolina
C. Becht IV,Becht Engineering Co., Liberty Corner, New Jersey
J. P. Breen, Pressure Sciences Inc., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
J. P. Ellenberger, WFl International Inc., Houston, Texas
D. J. Fetzner, Arc0 Alaska Inc., Anchorage, Alaska
J. A. Graziano, Tennessee Valley Authority, Chattanooga, Tennessee
J. D. Hart, SSD Engmeering ConsultantsRebis, Walnut Creek, California
B. P. Holbrook, D.B. Riley Inc., Worcester, Massachusetts
W.J. Koves, UOP LLC, Des Plaines, Illinois
P. L. Lin, Wisconsin Public Service Corp., Kewaunee, Wisconsin
G. Mayers, Naval Sea Systems Comm., Arlington, Virginia
T. Q. McCawley, Charlotte, North Carolina
E. Michalopoulos, Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Co., Hartford, Connecticut
J. C. Minichiello, J. C. Minnichiello Consulting Inc., Lake Bluff, Illinois
A. D. Nance, A.D. Nance Associates, Inc., Evans, Georgia
T. J. O’Grady 11, Arco Alaska Inc., Anchorage, Alaska
A. W. Paulin, Paulin Research Group, The Woodlands. Texas
P. S. Rampone, Hart Design Group, Greenville, Rhode Island
R A. Robleto, Brown & Root Inc., Houston, Texas
E. C. Rodabaugh, Dublin, Ohio
M. J. Rosenfeld, Kiefner & Associates Inc., Worthington, Ohio
xiv

G. Stevick, Berkeley Engineering & Research Inc., Berkeley, California
Q. N. Truong, M.W. Kellogg Co., Houston, Texas
E. A. Wais, Wais and Associates Inc., Norcross, Georgia
C. E. Woods, Houston, Texas
B31 CONFERENCE GROUP

T. A. Bell, Pipeline Safety Engineer, Olympia, Washington
M.L. Brunton, KPO, Topeka, Kansas
G. Bynog, Texas Department of Labor and Standards, Austin, Texas
R A. Coomes, Department of HousinglBoiler Section, Frankfort, Kentucky
A. W. Diamond, Department of Labour & Manpower, Saint Johns, Newfoundland, Canada
M. P. Fitzpatrick, Department of Labour & Human Resources, Fredericton, New Brunswick, Canada
J. W. Creenawalt, Jr., Oklahoma Department of Labor, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma
D. I€ Hanrath, North Carolina D.O.L., Raleigh, North Carolina
C. J. Harvey, Alabama Public Service Commission, Montgomery, Alabama
D. T. Jagger, Ohio Department of Commerce, Reynoldsburg, Ohio
M.Kotb, Regie du Batiment du Quebec, Montreal, Quebec, Canada
K. T. Lau, Alberta Boiler Safety Assoc., Edmonton, Alberta, Canada
R G. Marini, New Hampshire Public Utilities Commission, Concord, New Hampshire
1. W. Mault, Manitoba Department of Labour, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada
A. W. Meiring, Fire and Building Boiler and Pressure Vessel Division, Indianapolis, Indiana
R F. Mullaney, Boiler and Pressure Vessel Safety Branch, Vancouver, British Columbia,Canada
W. A. Owen, North Dakota Public Service Commission, Bismarck, North Dakota
W. M. Picardo, Department of Consumer and Regulatory Affairs, Washington, District of Columbia
P. Sher, State of Connecticut, New Britain, Connecticut
H.E. Shutt, Illinois Commerce Commission, Springfield, Illinois
M.E. Skarda, Department of Labour, Little Rock, Arkansas
R L. Smith, University of South Carolina, Columbia, South Carolina
E. L. Sparrow, Board of Public Utilities, Newark, New Jersey
D. A, Starr, Department of Labor, Lincoln, Nebraska
D. Stursma, Iowa State Department of Commerce, Des Moines, Iowa
R P.Sullivan, National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, Columbus, Ohio
J. E. Troppman, Division of LaborBoiler Inspections. Denver, Colorado
R W. Vindich, Department of Labor and Industry, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
C. ? Walters,
I . National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors. Columbus, Ohio
W. A. West, Department of Labour, Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island, Canada
T. F. Wickham, Department of Labor, Providence, Rhode Island
B31 NATIONAL INTEREST REVIEW GROUP

American Boiler Manufacturers Association - R. Fletcher
American Institute of Chemical Engineers - W. C. Carnell
American Pipe Fitting Association - H. Thielsch
American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers - H. R. Komblum
Chemical Manufacturers Association - D. R. Frikken
Compressed Gas Association - M. F. Melchioris
Copper Development Association - A. Cohen
Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association - T. F. Stroud
Edison Electric Institute - R. L. Williams
International District Heating Association - G. M. Von Bargen
Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry - R. A. Schmidt
National Association of Plumbing-Heating-Cooling Contractors- R. E. White
National Association of Regulatory Utility Commissioners- D. W. Snyder
National certified pipe Welding Bureau - J. Hansmann
xv

National Fire Protection Association - T. C. Lemoff
National Fluid Power Association - H. G. Anderson
pipe Fabrication Institute - L. Katz
Slurry Transport Association - P. E. Snoek
Society of Ohio Safety Engineers - J. M. Holleran
Valve Manufacturers Association - R. A. Handschumacher
xvi

INTRODUCTION
The ASME B31 Code for PressurePiping consists agreement isspecificallymadebetween contracting
of a number of individuallypublished Sections, each parties to use another issue, or the regulatory body
an American National Standard. Hereafter, in this Intro- having jurisdiction imposestheuse of another issue,
ductionand in thetextofthis Code Section B31.4, the latest Edition and Addenda issued at least 6 months
where the word ‘‘Code” is used without specific identi- prior to the original contract date for the firstphase
fication, it means this Code Section. of activity covering a piping system or systems shall
The Code sets forth engineering requirements deemed bethe governing document for all design, materials,
necessary for safe design and construction of pressure fabrication, erection, examination, and testing for the
piping.While safety is thebasic consideration, this pipinguntilthecompletion of theworkandinitial
factor alone will not necessarily govern the final specifi- operation.
cations for any piping system. The designer is cautioned Users of this Code are cautioned against making use
that the Code isnot a designhandbook;it does not of Code revisions without assurance thatthey are
do away with the need for the designer or for competent acceptable to theproper authorities inthe jurisdiction
engineering judgment. where the piping is to be installed.
To the greatest possible extent, Code requirements Code userswillnotethat paragraphs in the Code
for design are stated in terms of basic design principles are notnecessarilynumbered consecutively. Such dis-
and formulas. These aresupplemented as necessary continuities resultfrom following a common outline,
with specific requirements to assure uniform application insofar as practicable, for all Code Sections. In this way,
of principles and to guide selection and application of corresponding material is correspondingly numbered in
piping elements. The Code prohibits designs and prac- most Code Sections, thus facilitating reference by those
tices known to be unsafe and contains warnings where whohaveoccasion to usemorethan one Section.
caution, butnotprohibition,iswarranted. The Code is under the direction of ASME Committee
This Code Section includes: B3 1, Code for Pressure Piping, which is organized and
(a) references to acceptable material specifications operates under procedures of The American Society of
and component standards, including dimensional re- Mechanical Engineers which have beenaccredited by
quirements and pressure-temperature ratings; the American NationalStandards Institute. The Commit-
(b) requirements for design of componentsand as- teeis a continuing one and keeps all Code Sections
semblies, including pipe supports; current withnew developments in materials, construc-
( c ) requirements and data for evaluation and limitation, and industrial practice.Addenda are issued periodi-
tionof stresses, reactions, and movementsassociated cally. New editions are published at intervals of 3 to
with pressure, temperature changes, andother forces; 5 years.
When no Section oftheASME Code for Pressure
(d) guidance and limitations onthe selection and
Piping specifically covers a piping system, at his discre-
applicationofmaterials,components,andjoining
tion the user may select any Section determined to be
methods;
generally applicable. However, it is cautioned that
( e ) requirements for the fabrication, assembly, and supplementary requirements to the Section chosen may
erection of piping; benecessarytoprovidefor a safe pipingsystem for
cfl requirements for examination, inspection, and the intended application. Technical limitations of the
testing of piping; various Sections, legal requirements, and possible appli-
(g) procedures for operation and maintenancethat cability of other codes or standards are someofthe
are essential topublic safety; and factors to be considered by the userin determining
(h) provisions for protecting pipelines from external the applicability ofany Section of this Code.
corrosion andinternal corrosiotderosion. The Committee has established an orderly procedure
It is intended that this Edition of Code Section B31.4 to consider requests for interpretation andrevisionof
and any subsequent Addenda not be retroactive. Unless Code requirements. To receive consideration, inquiries
xvii

must be in writingandmust give fullparticulars (see ever, theprovisions of a Case may be used after its
Mandatory Appendix coveting preparation of technical expiration or withdrawal, providing the Case was effec-
inquiries). tive on the original contract date or was adopted before
The approved reply to an inquiry will be sent directly completionofthework,and the contracting parties
to the inquirer. In addition, the question and reply will agree to its use.
be published as part ofan Interpretation Supplement Materials are listed in the stress tablesonly when
issuedtothe applicable Code Section. sufficient usage in piping within the scope of the Code
A Case is the prescribed form of reply to an inquiry has been shown. Materials may be covered by a Case.
whenstudyindicatesthatthe Code wordingneeds Requests forlisting shall includeevidence of satisfactory
usageandspecific data to permitestablishment of
clarification or when the reply modifiesexisting require-
allowable stresses, maximum and minimum temperature
ments ofthe Code or grants permission to usenew
limits, and other restrictions. Additional criteria can be
materials or alternative constructions. Proposed Cases
found in the guidelines foraddition ofnew materials
are published in Mechanical Engineering forpublic
in the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section
review. In addition, the Case will be published as part
I1 andSectionVIII,Division 1, Appendix B. (To
of a Case Supplement issuedtothe applicable Code develop usageandgain experience, unlistedmaterials
Section. may be used in accordance with para. 423.1.)
A Case is normally issued for a limited period, after Requests for interpretation and suggestions for revi-
which it may be renewed,incorporated in the Code, sion should be addressed to the Secretary, ASMEB31
or allowed to expire if there is no indication of further Committee, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016
need for therequirements covered by the Case. How-
xviii

SUMMARY OF CHANGES
Changes given below are identified on the pages by a margin note, (W),
placed next to the affected area.
Page Location Change
iii, v-ix reflect to Updated

Contents 98 changes
xii Foreword (1) Next-to-last paragraph revised
(2) New last paragraph added
Last Introduction xviii
400.1.1 New third paragraph added
400.1.2 Subparagraph (h) revised
400.2 (1) acckkntal W s , breakaway coupling,
buckle, cold springing, column buckling,
connectors, design life, soil liquefaction,
s p , and weight coating added
(2) nominal pipe size (NPS) revised
(3) oflshore deleted
9 401.5.6 Revised
10 402.1 Second paragraph revised
11 402.3.2 Subparagraph (e) deleted
14 404.1.1 Under subparagraph (b), nomenclature for t
revised
16 404.2.2 Subparagraph (b) revised
404.3.1 Subparagraph (aX2) revised
24 404.5.1 Subparagraphs (b) and (d) revised
404.6 Subparagraph (a) revised
25 406.1.1 Subparagraphs (a) and (b) revised
26 406.4. I Revised
406.6.2 Revised
27,28 408.1.1 Subparagraphs (b) and (d) revised
408.3.1 Revised
408.4.2 Subparagraphs (a), (d), and (e) revised
408.5. I Subparagraph (b) revised
408.5.2 Revised
xix

27, 28 414.1 Revised
3 1-33 Fig. 419.6.4(c) (1) On p. 3 1 under Description, fourth entry
revised
(2) Extruded weld tee added
(3) Note (4) revised and Note (1 1) added
36,37 Table 423.1 (1) Under Fittings, Valves, and Flanges,
B 16.5 revised
(2) Under Structural Materials, ASTM A 537
added
40 Table 426.1 B36.1OM, B36.19M, B16.5 through B16.28,
B1.l, B1.20.1, and B1.20.3 revised
42 434.6 Subparagraph (c) revised
43 Table 434.6(a) Second and third column headings revised
44 434.8.5 Subparagraph (a)(4)(d) revised
49,50 434.13.4 Subparagraph (c) revised
434.14 Revised
434.15.1 (1) Subparagraph (c) deleted
(2) Subparagraph (d) redesignated as new (c)
434.18 Revised
51 434.20.7 Revised
52 434.21.2 Subparagraph (b) revised
434.21.3 Subparagraphs (a) and (b) revised
434.21.5 Revised
434.22.1 Revised
55 436.5.1 Subparagraphs (b)(9) and(b)( 1 1)revised
60-64 451.6.1 (1) First paragraph designated as
subparagraph (a)
(2) Subparagraph (b) added
45 I .6.2
45 1.9 Subparagraph (a) revised

65 451.10 Title revised
452.4 Revised
67 455 Subparagraphs (c) and (e) revised
69 461.1.1 (1) Subparagraph (c) deleted
(2) Subparagraph (d) redesignated as new (c)
70,71 461.1.3 Subparagraph (e) revised
xx

70,71 461.1.5 Subparagraph (a) revised

461.3 Subparagraph (a) revised
73 465 Subparagraph (b) revised
75-9 1 Chapter IX Added
93-95 Appendix A Revised in its entirety
98 B-6 Subparagraph (a) revised
102, 103 Index (1) Existing offshore entry deleted
(2) Offshore entries to reflect Chapter IX
added
NOTES:
(1) The Interpretations to ASME B31.4 issued between January 1, 1994, and December 31, 1997,
follow the last page of this Edition as a separate supplement, InterpretationsNo. 5 .
(2) After the Interpretations, a separate supplement, CasesNo. 4,follows.
xxi

ASME B31.4-1998Edition 400-400.1.1
CHAPTER I
SCOPE AND DEFINITIONS
400 GENERAL STATEMENTS the development of such designs and the evaluation of
complex or combined stresses. In such cases the designer
(a) This Liquid Transportation Systems Code is one is responsible for demonstrating thevalidity of his
ofseveral sections of theASME Code for Pressure approach.
Piping, B31. This Section is published as a separate 0 This Code shall not be retroactive or construed
document for convenience. This Code applies to hydro- as applying to piping systems installedbefore date of
carbons, liquidpetroleum gas, anhydrous ammonia, issuance shownon document title page insofaras design,
alcohols, and carbon dioxide. Throughout this Code materials, construction, assembly, inspection, and testing
thesesystemswill be referred to as LiquidPipeline are concerned. It is intended, however, that the provi-
Systems. sions of this Code shall be applicable within 6 months
(b) The requirements of this Code are adequate for after date of issuance to the relocation, replacement,
safetyunder conditions normally encountered inthe and uprating or otherwise changing existing piping
operation of liquid pipeline systems. Requirements for systems; and to the operation, maintenance, and corro-
all abnormal or unusual conditions are not specifically sion control ofnew or existing piping systems. After
provided for, nor are all details of engineering and Code revisions are approved by ASME and ANSI, they
construction prescribed. All work performed within the may be used by agreement between contracting parties
Scope of this Code shall comply with the safety stan- beginning with the date of issuance. Revisions become
dards expressed or implied. mandatory or minimum requirements for new installa-
(c) The primary purpose of this Code is to establish tions 6 months after date of issuance except for piping
requirements for safe design, construction, inspection, installations or components contracted for or under
testing, operation, and maintenanceof liquid pipeline construction prior to the end of the 6 month period.
systems forprotection of thegeneralpublicandop- (8) The users of this Code are advised that in some
erating company personnel as well as forreasonable areas legislation may establish governmental jurisdiction
protection of the piping system against vandalism and over the subject mattercovered by this Code and are
accidental damage by others and reasonable protection cautioned against making use of revisions that are less
of the environment. restrictive than former requirements withouthaving
(d) This Code isconcernedwith employee safety assurance thattheyhavebeenacceptedbytheproper
to the extent that it is affected by basic design, quality authorities inthe jurisdiction wherethepiping isto
ofmaterialsand workmanship, and requirements for be installed. The Department of Transportation, United
construction, inspection, testing, operation, and mainte- States ofAmerica, rules governing the transportation
nanceofliquid pipeline systems. Existing industrial by pipeline in interstate andforeign commerce of
safetyregulationspertainingtowork areas, safe work petroleum, petroleum products, and liquids such as
practices,andsafety devices are not intended to be anhydrous ammonia or carbon dioxide are prescribed
supplanted by this Code. under Part 195 - Transportation of Hazardous Liquids
(e) The designer is cautioned thatthe Code isnot by Pipeline, Title 49 - Transportation, Code of Federal
a design handbook. The Code does not do awaywith Regulations.
theneed for the engineer or competent engineering
judgment. The specific design requirements of the Code 400.1 Scope
usuallyrevolvearound a simplified engineering ap-
proachto a subject. It is intendedthat a designer 400.1.1 This Code prescribes requirements for the (98)
capable of applying morecomplete and rigorous analysis design, materials, construction, assembly, inspection,
tospecial or unusualproblems shall have latitude in and testing of piping transporting liquids such as crude

400.1.14003 ASME B31.4-1998 E d i t h
oil, condensate,natural gasoline, naturalgasliquids, tanks, other producing facilities, and pipelines intercon-
liquefied petroleum gas, carbon dioxide, liquid alcohol, nectingthese facilities;
liquid anhydrous ammonia, and liquid petroleum prod- ( e ) petroleumrefinery,natural gasoline, gas pro-
uctsbetweenproducers’lease facilities, tank farms, cessing, ammonia, carbon dioxide processing, and bulk
natural gas processing plants, refineries,stations, ammo- plant piping, except as covered under para. 400.1.1(c);
nia plants, terminals (marine, rail, and truck), and other (f) gas transmission and distribution piping;
deliveryandreceiving points. (See Fig. 400.1.1.) ( g ) thedesignandfabrication of proprietaryitems
Piping consists of pipe, flanges,bolting,gaskets, of equipment, apparatus, or instruments, except as lim-
valves,relief devices, fittings, andthepressure con- ited by para. 423.2.4(b);
taining partsof other pipingcomponents. It also includes (h) ammoniarefrigeration piping systems provided
hangers and supports, and other equipment items neces- for in ASME B31.5, Refrigeration Piping Code;
sarytoprevent overstressing thepressure containing ( i ) carbon dioxide gathering andfield distribution
parts.It does notincludesupport structures such as system.
frames of buildings, stanchions, or foundations, or any
equipmentsuch as defined in para. 400.1.2(b). 400.2 Definitions (98)
Requirementsfor offshore pipelines are found in
Chapter IX. Some of the more common terms relating to piping
Alsoincluded within thescope of thisCodeare: are definedbelow.’
( a ) primary and associated auxiliary liquid petroleum accidentalloads: anyunplannedload or combination
and liquid anhydrous ammonia piping at pipeline termi- of unplannedloadscaused by humanintervention or
nals (marine, rail, and truck), tank farms, pump stations, naturalphenomena.
pressure reducingstations, and metering stations, includ-
ing scrapertraps, strainers, and proverloops; breakawaycoupling: a component installed in the
(6) storage andworkingtanks,includingpipe-type pipeline to allowthepipeline to separate when a
storage fabricatedfrompipe and fittings,andpiping predeterminedaxialload is applied to the coupling.
interconnectingthese facilities; buckle: a conditionwherethepipeline has undergone
(c) liquid petroleum and liquid anhydrous ammonia sufficient plastic deformation to cause permanent wrin-
pipinglocated on property which has been set aside kling inthepipewall or excessive cross-sectional
for such piping within petroleum refinery, natural gaso- deformation caused by loads acting alone or in combina-
line,gasprocessing,ammonia, andbulk plants; tionwithhydrostaticpressure.
(d) those aspects of operationandmaintenance of
LiquidPipeline Systems relating to thesafetyand carbondioxide: a fluid consisting predominantlyof
protection of the generalpublic,operatingcompany carbon dioxide compressed above its critical pressure
personnel, environment, property, andthepiping sys- and, for the purpose of this Code, shall be considered
tems [see paras. 4 0 ( c ) and (d)]. to be a liquid.
cold springing: deliberate deflection of piping, within
(98) 400.1.2 This Code does notapply
to: its yield strength, to compensate for anticipated thermal
(a) auxiliary piping, such as water, air, steam, lubri- expansion.
cating oil, gas,and fuel;
(6) pressure vessels, heat exchangers, pumps, meters, columnbuckling: buckling of a beam or pipeunder
andothersuchequipmentincludinginternalpiping compressive axialload in whichloads cause unstable
and connections forpipingexcept as limited by para. lateral deflection, also referred to as upheaval buckling.
423.2.4(b); connectors: component, exceptflanges,used for the
( c ) pipingdesignedforinternalpressures: purpose of mechanically joining two sections of pipe.
( I ) at or below 15 psi (1 bar)gagepressure
regardless of temperature; defect: animperfection of sufficient
magnitude
to
(2) above 15psi(1 bar) gagepressure if design warrantrejection.
temperature isbelowminus20°F (-30°C) or above
250°F (1 20°C);
(d) casing, tubing, or pipe used in oil wells, wellhead
’ Welding terms which agree with AWS Standard A3.0 are marked
withan asterisk(*). For welding terms used in this Code but not
assemblies, oil and gas separators, crude oil production shown here, definitions in accordance with AWS A3.0 apply.

ASME B31.4-1998Edition Fig. 400.1.1
..............
Production field w-’ r-1 r - 1 ’.
00 4- I -
...............
Pipeline terminal *
Tank farm andlorpump station
.-r -7’-.
*.e.
Production field
mo
-T-T-..* Petroleum refinery
L Gas processing plant
Ammonia plant
Chemical plant
Pipeline terminal
Tank farm and/orpump station
r-:
Pipe type storage
I -I Bulkplant
I L1-l
L-A
Petroleum refinery
Gas processing plant
--
Ammonia plant
Chemical plant i
- 7-l
t --A
I
&.I-
1
1 k -Tank farm,terminal,” or process area
I L’,-,L ,‘-,,J
L-1L-I
A.
- Pipeline terminal,* tank farm, andlor pump station
_I L
0 Marine, rail, or truck (all loading or unloading)

00 Onshore or offshore
Piping within 631.4 scope
Continuation of 831.4 scope through area
Start or end at831.4 scope w i t h i n p l o tarea
Limits of production lease or field
Plot (or platform) limitsof production, petroleum refinery, chemical plant, ammonia
plant, bulk plant,o r gas processing operating facilities
Corridor within property of petroleum refinery, chemical plant, ammonia plant,or
gas processing plant set aside for 631.4 piping
Property line of petroleum refinery, chemical plant, ammonia plant, gas processing
plant, or bulk plant
FIG.400.1.1 DIAGRAM SHOWING SCOPEOF ASME 831.4 EXCLUDING CARBON DIOXIDE

PIPELINE SYSTEMS (SEE FIG. 400.1.2)

Fig. 400.1.2 ASME B31.4-199%Edition
Final processing faality

tor cahon dioxide before
Um carbon dioxide is
....... ...e
. Carbon
dioxide
production
field [Note (l)]
mspotted outside the
production field.
Pipelineterminal -- Carbon dioxide
.
essing/ [Now (211and/or
pump station plant recycling
.I I
L L
Carbon dioxide
mduction
h d
Pipeline terminal
[Note (2)] and/or
pump station
Hydrocarbon
production
field for
carbon dioxide
:lo injection
I.
piping within 831.4 Scope
,
I (
4
Continuation of 831.4 Scope through area
Startorend at 831.4 Scope within plot area
----- Limitsof productionleaseor field

Plot (or platform) limitsof production, petroleum refinery,
chemical plant, carbon dioxide processing plant, or gas processing operating
hCiliti9S
NOTES
(1) Onshore or offshore.
(2) Marine, rail, or hudc (all loading or unloading).
FIG. 400.1.2 DIAGRAM SHOWING SCOPE OF ASME B31.4 FOR CARBON DIOX.IDE P'IPELINE
SYSTEMS

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 480.2
designlife: aperiodoftimeusedindesign calcula- nominalpipe size (NPS): see ASME B36.10M p. 1

tions,selectedforthepurpose ofverifyingthata for definition.
replaceable or permanent component is suitable for the
anticipatedperiodofservice.Designlifedoesnot operating company: owner or agent currently responsi-
pertaintothelifeofthepipelinesystembecausea bleforthe design,construction,inspection,testing,
properly maintained and protected pipeline system can operation, and maintenance ofthepipingsystem.
provideliquidtransportationserviceinde’finitely. petroleum: crude oil, condensate, natural gasoline, nat-
uralgasliquids,liquefiedpetroleumgas.andliquid
engineeringdesign: detaileddesigndevelopedfrom
petroleumproducts.
operating requirements and conforming to Code require-
ments, including all necessary drawings and specifica- pipe: a tube, usually cylindrical, used for conveying a
tions,governingapipinginstallation. fluid or transmitting fluid pressure, normally designated
“pipe” in the applicable specification. It also includes
general corrosion: uniform or graduallyvaryingloss anysimilarcomponentdesignated as “tubing” used
of wall thickness over an area. for the same purpose. Types of pipe, according to the
methodof manufacture, are defined as follows.
girth weld: a complete circumferential butt weld join-
(a) electric resistanceweldedpipe: pipeproduced
ing pipe or components. in individuallengths or in continuouslengthsfrom
coiled skelp, having a longitudinal or spiral butt joint
imperfection: adiscontinuityorirregularitywhichis
wherein coalescence is produced bytheheatobtained
detected by inspection. fromresistance ofthe pipetothe flowof electric
currentinacircuit ofwhich thepipeisapart,and
internal design pressure: internalpressureusedin
by the application ofpressure.
calculations or analysis for pressure design of a piping
component (see para. 401.2.2). (6) furnace &p welded pipe: pipe having a longitudi-
nal lap joint madeby the forge welding process wherein
liquefied petroleum gas(es) (LPG): liquidpetroleum coalescence is produced by heating the preformed tube
composed predominantlyof the following hydrocarbons, to welding temperature and passing it over a mandrel
either by themselvesor as mixtures:butane(normal located between two welding rolls which compress and
butane or isobutane), butylene (including isomers), pro- weldtheoverlappingedges.
pane,propylene,andethane. (c) furnace butt welded pipe
( I ) furnace buttwelded pipe, bell welded: pipe
liquid alcohol: any of a group of organic compounds producedinindividuallengthsfromcut-lengthskelp,
containingonlyhydrogen,carbon,andone or more having its longitudinal butt joint forgeweldedbythe
hydroxyl radicals which will remain liquid in a moving mechanical pressure developed in drawing the furnace
stream in a pipeline. heatedskelpthroughacone-shapeddie(commonly
known as the“welding bell”) which serves as a
liquid anhydrousammonia: acompoundformedby combinedformingandweldingdie.
the combination of the two gaseous elements, nitrogen (2) furnace butt welded pipe, continuous welded:
and hydrogen, in the proportion of one part of nitrogen pipe produced in continuous lengths from coiled skelp
to three parts of hydrogen, byvolume, compressed to andsubsequentlycutintoindividuallengths,having
aliquidstate. its longitudinal buttjoint forge weldedby the mechanical
pressuredeveloped in rollingthehotformedskelp
maximumsteadystate operating pressure: maximum through a set ofroundpassweldingrolls.
pressure (sum of static head pressure, pressure required (d) electricfusion welded pipe: pipe having a longitu-
to overcome friction losses, and anybackpressure) at dinal or spiral buttjoint wherein coalescence is produced
anypointin apipingsystem whenthesystem is inthepreformedtubebymanual or automatic electric
operatingundersteadystateconditions. arcwelding.Theweldmaybesingle ordoubleand
may be made with orwithouttheuseoffillermetal.
miter: twoormorestraightsections of pipematched Spiral welded pipe is also made by the electric fusion
andjoinedonalinebisectingtheangleofjunction weldedprocesswitheitheralapjointoralock-
so as toproduceachangeindirection. seam joint.

400.2 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
(e) electric f i s h welded pipe: pipe having a longitu- should: “should” or “it is recommended” is used
dinal buttjoint wherein coalescence is producedsimulta- to indicate that a provision is not mandatory but recom-
neously over the entire area of abutting surfaces by mended as good practice.
the heat obtained from resistance to the flow of electric
current between the two surfaces, and by the application soil liquefaction: a soil condition, typicallycaused by
of pressure after heatingis substantially completed. dynamic cyclic loading (e.g., earthquake, waves) where
Flashing and upsetting are accompanied by expulsion the effective shear strength of the soil is reduced such
of metalfromthe joint. thatthesoil exhibits the properties of a liquid.
(f) double submerged arc wefded pipe: pipe having spun: a sectionof pipe that is unsupported
a longitudinal or spiral butt joint produced by at least
two passes, one of which is on the inside of the pipe. temperatures: are expressed in degrees Fahrenheit (OF)
Coalescenceisproduced by heatingwith an electric unless otherwise stated.
arc or arcs between the bare metal electrode or electrodes weight coating: any coating applied to the pipeline
andthework. The welding is shielded by a blanket forthepurposeof increasing thepipelinespecific
of granular, fusible material on thework.Pressure is gravity.
notusedandfillermetalfor the inside and outside
weldsisobtainedfromthe electrode or electrodes. arc welding*: a group of weldingprocesseswherein
(g) seamless pipe: pipe produced by piercing a billet coalescence isproduced by heatingwithan electric
followed by rolling or drawing, or both. arc or arcs, with or without the application of pressure
(h) electric induction welded pipe: pipe produced in andwith or without the use of fillermetal.
individual lengths or in continuous lengths from coiled
automatic welding*: weldingwithequipmentwhich
skelp having a longitudinal or spiral butt joint wherein
performs the entire welding operation without constant
coalescence is produced by theheatobtainedfrom
observation and adjustment of the controls by an opera-
resistance ofthepipe to induced electric current, and
tor. The equipment may or may not perform the loading
by applicationofpressure.
and unloadingofthework.
pipe nominal wall thickness: thewall thickness listed
jillet weld*: a weldof approximately triangular cross
in applicablepipe specifications or dimensional stan-
section joining two surfaces approximately at right
dards included in this Code by reference. The listed
angles to each other in a lap joint, tee joint, or
wallthicknessdimension is subject to tolerances as
corner joint.
given in thespecification or standard.
full jilletweld*: a filletweldwhose size isequal to
pipe supportingelements: pipe supporting elements
the thickness of the thinner member joined.
consist of fixtures and structural attachments as follows.
(a) fixtures: fixtures include elements which transfer gas welding*: a group ofweldingprocesseswherein
the loadfromthe pipe or structural attachment tothe coalescence is produced by heating with a gas flame
supporting structure or equipment. They include hanging or flames, with or without the application of pressure,
typefixturessuch as hanger rods, spring hangers, andwith or withouttheuse of fillermetal.
sway braces, counterweights, turnbuckles, struts, chains,
guides and anchors,andbearingtypefixturessuch as gas metal arc welding*: an arc welding
process
saddles, bases,rollers,brackets,and sliding supports. wherein coalescence isproduced by heatingwithan
( b ) structural attachments: structural attachments in- electric arc between a filler metal(consumable) electrode
clude elements whicharewelded,bolted, or clamped andthework. Shielding is obtained from a gas, a gas
to the pipe, such as clips, lugs, rings, clamps, clevises, mixture (which may contain an inert gas), or a mixture
straps, andskirts. of a gas and a flux. (This process has sometimes been
calledMigwelding or CO2 welding.)
pressure: unlessotherwisestated,pressure is ex-
pressed in pounds per square inch (bar) aboveatmo- gas tungsten arc welding*: an arc weldingprocess
spheric pressure,i.e., gage pressure as abbreviated wherein coalescence is produced by heatingwith an
psig (bar). electric arc between a single tungsten (nonconsumable)
electrode andthework. Shielding is obtainedfrom a
shall: “shall” or “shall not”isused to indicatethat gas or gas mixture (which may contain aninert gas).
a provision is mandatory. Pressure may or may not be used and filler metal may

ASME 931.4-1998 Edition 400.2
or may not be used. (This process has sometimes been theelectrodeandsometimesfromasupplementary

calledTigwelding.) welding rod.
semiautomaticarcwelding*: arcweldingwith equip tack weld*: a weld made to hold parts of a weldment
mentwhichcontrolsonlythefillermetalfeed.The inproperalignmentuntilsubsequentwelds are made
advanceofthewelding ismanuallycontrolled. weld*: alocalizedcoalescence of metalwhereinco-
alescenceisproduced by heatingtosuitabletempera-
shieldedmetal arc welding*: anarcweldingprocess
tures, with or without the application of pressure, and
whereincoalescenceisproduced by heatingwithan
with or without the use of filler metal. The filler metal
electric arc between a covered metal electrode and the
shall have a melting point approximately the same as
work. Shielding is obtained from decomposition of the
thebasemetal.
electrode covering. Pressure is not used and filler metal
isobtainedfromtheelectrode. welder*: one who is capable of performing a manual
or semiautomaticweldingoperation.
submerged arcwelding*: an arc welding process
whereincoalescence is produced by heatingwithan welding operator*: one who operates machine or auto-
electric arc or arcs between a bare metal electrode or maticweldingequipment.
electrodesandthework.Theweldingisshieldedby weldingprocedures*: thedetailedmethodsandprac-
ablanketofgranular,fusiblematerialonthework. ticesincludingjointweldingproceduresinvolvedin
Pressure is not used, and filler metal is obtained from the production of a weldment.

ASME B31.4-1998Edition 401401.6
CHAPTER I1
DESIGN
PART 1 to specifications approved for use under this Code may

CONDITIONS AND CRITERIA nothave properties suitable for the lowerportionof
the temperature band covered by this Code. Engineers
are cautioned to give attention to thelow temperature
401 DESIGNCONDITIONS properties of the materials usedfor facilities to be
exposed to unusuallylowground temperatures, low
401.1General atmospheric temperatures, or transient operating condi-
Paragraph 401 definesthe pressures, temperatures, tions.
andvarious forces applicable to the design of piping
systems within the scope of this Code. It also takes into 401.4AmbientInfluences
account considerations that shallbe given to ambient and 401.4.2 Fluid Expansion Effects. Provision shall be
mechanicalinfluencesandvariousloadings. made inthedesign either to withstand or to relieve
increased pressure caused by the heating of static fluid
401.2Pressure in a piping component.
401.2.2 Internal Design Pressure. The piping com-
ponent at anypoint in thepipingsystem shall be 401.5DynamicEffects
designed for aninternaldesignpressurewhich shall 401.5.1 Impact. Impact forces caused by either exter-
not be less than the maximumsteady state operating nal or internal conditions shall be considered in the
pressure at that point, or lessthanthe static head
design of piping systems.
pressure at that point with the line in a static condition.
The maximum steady state operating pressure shall be 401.5.2Wind. The effect of wind loading shall be
thesum ofthe static head pressure, pressurerequired provided for in thedesignof suspended piping.
to overcome friction losses, andanyrequiredback
pressure. Credit may be given for hydrostatic external 401.5.3Earthquake. Consideration in the design
pressure, in the appropriate manner, in modifyingthe shall be given to piping systems located in regions
internal design pressure for use in calculations involving where earthquakes are known to occur.
thepressure design of pipingcomponents (see para. 401.5.4Vibration. Stress resulting from vibration
404.1.3). Pressure rise above maximumsteady state or resonance shall be considered andprovided for in
operating pressure due to surges and other variations accordance with sound engineering practice.
fromnormal operations isallowed in accordancewith
para.402.2.4. 401.5.5 Subsidence. Consideration in the design shall
be given to piping systems located in regions where
401.2.3 External Design Pressure. The piping com- subsidence isknown to occur.
ponent shall be designed to withstandthemaximum
possible differential between external and internal pres- 401.5.6 Waves and Currents. The effects of waves 198)
sures towhichthe component will be exposed. and currents shall be provided for in the design of
pipelines across waterways.
401.3Temperature
401.6WeightEffects
401.3.1DesignTemperature. The design tempera-
ture is the metal temperature expected in normal opera- The following weight effects combinedwith loads
tion. It is not necessary to varythedesign stress for and forces from other causes shall be taken into account
metal temperatures between -20°F (-30°C)and 250°F in the design of piping that is exposed, suspended, or
(120°C). However, some of thematerials conforming not supported continuously.

401.6.1402.2.5 ASME 631.4-1998 Edition
401.6.1LiveLoads. Liveloadsincludetheweight conform to thosestated for 100°F (40°C) in material

oftheliquidtransportedandany other extraneous standardslisted in Table 423.1. The nonmetallictrim,
materials such as ice or snow that adhere to the pipe. packing, seals, and gaskets shall bemadeof materials
The impact ofwind,waves,and currents are also whicharenotinjuriouslyaffected by thefluid in the
considered live loads. piping system and shall be capable of withstanding the
401.6.2 Dead Loads. Dead loads include the weight pressures and temperaturestowhichtheywill be sub-
of the pipe, components, coating, backfill, and unsup- jected in service. Low temperatures due to pressure
ported attachments to thepiping. reduction situations, such as blow downs and other
events, shall be considered when designing carbon
401.7ThermalExpansionandContractionLoads dioxide pipelines.
Provisionsshall be madeforthe effects of thermal
expansion and contraction in allpipingsystems. 402.2.2 Ratings - Components Not Having Spe-
cific Ratings. Piping components not having established
401.8 Relative Movement of Connected Components pressureratings may be qualified for use as specified
in paras. 404.7 and423.1(b).
The effect of relative movement of connected compo-
nentsshall be takeninto account in designofpiping
andpipe supporting elements. 402.2.3 Normal Operating Conditions. For normal
operation the maximum steady state operating pressure
402 DESIGNCRITERIA shall not exceed theinternal design pressureand pressure
ratingsforthe components used.
(98) 402.1
General
Paragraph 402 pertains to ratings, stress criteria, 402.2.4 Ratings - Allowance for Variations From
designallowances, and minimumdesignvalues,and Normal Operations. Surge pressures in a liquid pipeline
formulatesthepermissiblevariations to these factors are produced by a change in the velocity of the moving
used in the design of piping systems within the scope streamthatresultsfrom shutting down of a pump
of this Code. station or pumping unit, closing of a valve, or blockage
The designrequirements of this Code are adequate of themoving stream.
for public safety under conditions usually encountered Surge pressure attenuates (decreases in intensity) as
in piping systems within the scope of this Code, includ- itmovesawayfromitspointoforigin.
ing lines withinvillages,towns, cities, and industrial Surge calculations shall be made, and adequate con-
areas. However, the design engineer shall provide rea- trols and protective equipment shallbeprovided, so
sonable protection to prevent damage to the pipeline that the level of pressure rise due to surges and other
from unusual external conditions which may be encoun- variations from normal operations shall not exceed the
tered in river crossings, inland coastal water areas, internaldesignpressure at anypoint inthepiping
bridges, areas of heavy traffic, longself-supported spans,
system and equipment by morethan 10%.
unstableground,vibration,weight of special attach-
ments, or forces resulting from abnormal thermal condi-
tions. Some of the protective measures which the design 402.2.5Ratings - Considerations for Different
engineer may provideareencasingwithsteelpipe of PressureConditions. Whentwolinesthat operate at
larger diameter, adding concrete protective coating, differentpressure conditions are connected, thevalve
increasingthewallthickness,loweringthe line to a segregatingthetwo lines shall be rated for themore
greater depth, or indicatingthepresence of the line severe service condition. When a lineisconnected to
with additionalmarkers. a piece of equipment whichoperates at a higher pressure
conditionthanthat oftheline,thevalve segregating
402.2 Pressure-Temperature Ratings forPiping the line from the equipment shall be rated for at least
Components the operating condition ofthe equipment. The piping
402.2.1 Components Having Specific Ratings. between the more severe conditions and the valve shall
Within the metal temperature limits of -20°F (-30°C) be designedtowithstandthe operating conditions of
to 250°F (120"C), pressure ratings for components shall theequipment or piping to which it is connected.
10

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 402340233
402.3AllowableStressesand Other StressLimits theapplicableallowable stress value as determined by

para.402.3.1(a),(b), or (c).
4023.1 Allowable Stress Values
(a) Theallowablestressvalue S to be usedfor
(e) Allowable stress values in shear shall not exceed
designcalculations in para.404.1.2fornewpipe of 45%ofthespecifiedminimumyieldstrengthofthe
knownspecificationshall be established as follows: pipe,andallowablestressvalues inbearingshallnot
exceed 90% ofthespecified minimum yieldstrength
of the pipe.
S = 0.72 x E x specified minimum
yield strensh of the pipe, psi (MPa) Allowable tensile and compressive stress values
for materials used in structural supports and restraints
where shallnotexceed 66% ofthespecifiedminimumyield
0.72 = designfactorbasedonnominalwallthick- strength.Allowablestressvalues in shear and bearing
ness. In setting design factor, due consider- shall not exceed 45% and 90%of the specified minimum
ationhasbeengiventoandallowancehas yield strength, respectively. Steel materials of unknown
been made for the underthickness tolerance specifications may be used for structural supports and
and maximum allowable depth of imperfec- restraints, provided a yield strength of 24,000 psi (165
tionsprovidedforinthespecifications ap MPa) or lessisused.
provedbytheCode. (g) In no case where the Code refers to the specified
E = weld joint factor(seepara.402.4.3and minimumvalueof aphysicalpropertyshallahigher
Table402.4.3) value of the property be used in establishing the allow-
Table 402.3.l(a) isatabulationofexamplesof ablestressvalue.
allowablestressesforreferenceuseintransportation
pipingsystemswithinthescopeof this Code. 402.3.2Limits of CalculatedStresses Due to (98)
(b) Theallowablestressvalue S to be used for SustainedLoads and ThermalExpansion

design calculationsin para. 404.1.2 for used (reclaimed) (a) Internal Pressure Stresses.The calculated stresses
pipe of known specification shall be in accordance with due to internal pressure shall not exceed the applicable
(a)aboveandlimitationsinpara.405.2.l(b). allowablestressvalue S determinedbypara.402.3.1
(c) Theallowablestressvalue S to be usedfor (a), (b), (c), or (d) except as permitted by other subpara-
designcalculations inpara.404.1.2fornew or used graphs of para. 402.3.
(reclaimed) pipeof unknown or ASTM A 120 specifica- (6) External Pressure Stresses. Stresses due to exter-
tion shall be established in accordance with the follow- nal pressureshall be consideredsafewhenthewall
ingandlimitationsinpara.405.2.1(c). thickness of the piping components meets the require-
mentsofparas. 403 and 404.
S = 0.72 x E x minimum yield strength of the pipe, (c) Allowable Expansion Stresses. The allowable
psi (MPa) [24,000 psi (165 MPa)] or yield strength stressvaluesfortheequivalenttensilestress inpara.
determined in accordance with paras. 437.6.6 and 419.6.4(b)forrestrainedlinesshall notexceed 90%
437.6.71 ofthespecifiedminimumyieldstrengthofthepipe.
Theallowablestressrange SA inpara.419.6.4(c)for
where unrestrained lines shall not exceed 72% of the specified
0.72 = designfactorbasedonnominalwallthick- minimumyieldstrength of thepipe.
ness. In setting design factor, due consider- (d) AdditiveLongitudinalStresses. Thesumofthe
ationhasbeengiven to and allowance has longitudinal stresses due to pressure, weight, and other
beenmade for the underthickness tolerance sustainedexternalloadings[seepara.419.6.4(c)]shall
and maximum allowable depth of imperfec- not exceed 75% of the allowable stress value specified
tionsprovidedfor in the specifications ap- for SA in (c)above.
provedbythe Code.
E = weld jointfactor(seeTable402.4.3) 402.3.3Limits of CalculatedStresses Due to
(d) Theallowablestressvalue S to be used for
' OccasionalLoads
design calculations in para. 404.1.2 for pipe which has (a) Operation. Thesumofthelongitudinalstresses
been cold worked in order to meet the specified mini- produced by pressure,liveanddeadloads,andthose
mum yield strength and is subsequently heated to 600'F produced by occasionalloads,such as windorearth-
(300°C)or higher (welding expected) shall be 75% of quake, shall not exceed 80% of the specified minimum
11

Table 402.3.1(a) ASME B31.4-1998 E d i t h
TABLE 402.3.Ua)
TABULATION OF EXAMPLES OF ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR REFERENCE USE IN PIPING
SYSTEMS WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS CODE
Specified Min. Allowable
Value Stress 4
Yield Strength, -20°F to 250°F (-30°C to 120"C),
psi Specification
Grade (MPa) Weld Joint Factor € psi (MPa)
Seamless
A P I 5L A25 25,000 (172) 1.00 18,000 (124)

A P I 5L, A S T M A 53, A S T M A 106 A 30,000 (207) 1.00 21,600 (149)
A P I 5L, A S T M A 53, A S T M A 106 B 35,000 (241) 1.00 25,200 (174)
A P I 5LU U80 80,000 (551) 1.00 57,600 (397)

A P I 5LU u 100 100,000 (689) 1.00 72,000 (496)
A P I 5L X42 42,000 (289) 1.00 30,250 (208)

A P I 5L X46 46,000 (317) 1.00 33,100 (228)
A P I 5L X52 52,000 (358) 1.00 37,450 (258)

A P I 5L X56 56,000 (386) 1.00 40,300 (278)
A P I 5L X60 60,000 (413) 1.00 43,200 (298)
A P I 5L X65 65,000 (448) 1.00 46,800 (323)

A P I 5L X70 70,000 (482) 1.00 50,400 (347)
ASTM A 106 C 40,000 (278) 1.00 28,800 (199)

ASTM A 333 6 35,000 (241) 1.00 25,000 (174)
ASTM A 524 I 35,000 (241) 1.00 25,200 (174)
ASTM A 524 H 30,000 (207) 1.00 21,600 (149)
Furnace Butt Welded, Continuous Welded
A S T M A 53 ... 25,000 (172) 0.60 10,800 (74)

A P I 5L Classes I and II A25 25,000 (172) 0.60 10,800 (74)
Electric Resistance Welded and Electric Flash Welded
A P I 5L A25 25,000 (172) 1.00 18,000 (124)

A P I 5L, ASTM A 53, A S T M A 135 A 30,000 (207) 1.00 21,600 (149)
A P I 5L, ASTM A 53, A S T M A 135 B 35,000 (241) 1.00 25,200 (174)
A P I 5L X42 42,000 (289) 1.00 30,250 (208)

A P I 5L X46 46,000 (317) 1.00 33,100 (228)
A P I 5L 52,000X52 (358) 1.00 37,450 (258)

A P I 5L X56 56,000 (386) 1.00 40,300 (279)
A P I 5L X60 60,000 (413) 1.00 43,200 (297)
A P I 5L X65 65,000 (448) 1.00 46,800 (323)

A P I 5L 70,000
X70 (482) 1.00 50,400 (347)
A P I 5LU us0 80,000 (551) 1.00 57,600 (397)

A P I 5LU 100,000
UlOO (689) 1.00 72,000 (496)
A S T M A 333 35,000 6 (241) 1.00 25,000 (174)
12

ASME B31.4-1!398 Edition Table 4023.I(a)
TABLE 402.3.Ua) (CONT'D)

TABULATION OF EXAMPLES OF ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR REFERENCE USE IN PIPING
SYSTEMS WITHIN THE SCOPEOF THIS CODE
Specified Min. Allowable Stress Value S,
Yield Strength, -20°F to 250°F (-30°Cto 120"C),
Specification Grade p si (MPa)
FactorJoint Weld E psi (MPa)
Electric Fusion Welded
ASTM A 134 ... ... 0.80 ...

ASTM A 139 A 30,000 (207) 0.80 17,300 (119)
ASTM A 139 B 35,000 (241) 0.80 20,150 (139)
ASTM A 671 ... Note (1) 1.00 [Notes (21, (313 ...
ASTM A 671 ... Note (1) 0.70 [Note (413 ...
ASTM A 672 ... Note (1) 1.00 [Notes (21, (313
ASTM A 672 ... Note (1) 0.80 [Note ( 4 ) l
Submerged Arc Welded
API 5L A 30,000 (207) 1.00 21,600 (149)

API 5L B 35,000 (241) 1.00 25,200 (174)
API 5L 42,000 X42 (289) 1.00 30,250 (208)

API 5L X46 46,000 (317) 1.00 33,100 (228)
API 5L X52 52,000 (358) 1.00 37,450 (258)

API 5L X56 56,000 (386) 1.00 40,300 (278)
API 5L X60 60,000 (413) 1.00 43,200 (298)
API 5L X65 65,000 (448) 1.00 46,800 (323)

API 5L X70 70,000 (482) 1.00 50,400 (347)
API 5LU U80 80,000 (551) 1.00 57,600 (397)

API 5LU u 100 100,000
1.00(689) 72,000 (496)
ASTM A 381 Y35 35,000 (241) 1.00 25,200 (174)

ASTM A 381 42,000 Y42 1.00 (290) 30,250 (209)
ASTM A 381 Y46 1.00
46,000 (317) 33,100 (228)
ASTM A 381 Y48 1.00
48,000 (331) 34,550 (238)
ASTM A 381 Y50 36,000

50,000 (345) 1.00 (248)
ASTM A 381 52,000
Y52 37,450
(358) 1.00 (258)
ASTM A 381 Y60 43,200
60,000 (413) 1.00 (298)
ASTM A 381 Y65 46,800
65,000 (448) 1.00 (323)
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Allowable stress values S shown in this Table are equal to 0.72 E (weld joint factor) x specified minimum yield strength of the pipe.
(b) Allowable stress values shown are for new pipe of known specification. Allowble stress values for new pipe of unknown specification, ASTM
A 120 specification, or used (reclaimed) pipe shall be determined in accordance with para. 402.3.1.
(c) For some Code computations, particularly with regard to branch connections [see para. 404.3.1(d)(3)1 and expansion, flexibility, structural
attachments, supports, and restraints (Chapter 11, Part 5), the weld joint factor E need not be considered.
(d) For specified minimum yield strength of other grades in approved specifications, refer to that particular specification.
(e) Allowable stress value for cold worked pipe subsequently heated to 600°F (300°C)or higher (welding excepted) shall be 75% of the value
listed in Table.
(f) Definitions for the various types of pipe are given in para. 400.2.
(g) Metric stresslevels are given in MPa (1megapascal = 1million pascals).
NOTES:
(1) See applicable plate specification for yield point and refer to para. 402.3.1 for calculation of S.
(2) Factor applies for Classes 12, 22, 32,42, and 52 only.
(3) Radiography must be performed after heat treatment.
(4) Factor applies for Classes 13,23,33,43, and 53 only.
13

4023.3404.1.1 ASME B31.4-1998Edition
yield strength of the pipe. It is not necessary to consider operating temperature, and the decompression character-
windand earthquake as occurring concurrently. isticsof carbon dioxide anditsassociated impurities.
(6) Test. Stresses due to test conditions are not
subject to the limitations of para. 402.3. It is not
necessaryto consider other occasional loads, such as PART 2
windand earthquake, as occurring concurrently with PRESSURE DESIGN OF PIPING
the live, dead, and test loads existing at the time of test. COMPONENTS
402.4Allowances
403 CRITERIAFORPRESSUREDESIGNOF
402.4.1Corrosion. A wall thickness allowance for PIPINGCOMPONENTS
corrosionisnotrequired if pipe and components are
protectedagainstcorrosion in accordance withthe Thedesign of piping components, consideringthe
requirements and procedures prescribed in Chapter VIII. effects of pressure, shall be in accordance with para.
404. In addition, the design shall provide for dynamic
402.4.2 Threading and Grooving. An allowance for andweight effects included in para. 401 anddesign
thread or groove depth in inches (mm) shall be included criteria in para. 402.
in A of the equation under para. 404.1.1 when threaded
or grooved pipe is allowed by this Code (see para. 414).
404PRESSUREDESIGNOFCOMPONENTS
402.4.3 Weld Joint Factors. Longitudinal or spiral
weld joint factors E for various types of pipe are listed 404.1StraightPipe
in Table 402.4.3.
General 404.1.1 (98)
402.4.5 Wall ThicknessandDefectTolerances. (a) The nominal wallthicknessofstraight sections
Wall thickness tolerances and defect tolerances for pipe of steel pipe shall be equal to or greaterthan rn
shall be as specified in applicable pipe specifications determined in accordance with the following equation.
or dimensional standards included in this Code by
reference in Appendix A. t,, = t + A
402.5FracturePropagationinCarbonDioxide (b) The notationsdescribedbelow are usedin the

Pipelines equations for thepressure design for straight pipe.
tn = nominal wall thickness satisfying requirements
402.5.1DesignConsiderations. The possibility of for pressure and allowances
brittle and ductile propagating fractures shall be consid- t = pressuredesignwallthickness as calculated
ered in thedesign of carbon dioxide pipelines. The in inches(mm) in accordance with para.
design engineer shallprovide reasonable protection to 404.1.2 for internalpressure.Asnotedunder
limit the Occurrence and the length of fractures through- para. 402.3.1 or para. A402.3.5, as applicable,
out thepipelinewithspecial consideration at river in setting design factor, due consideration has
crossings, road crossings, and other appropriate areas been givento and allowance has beenmade
or intervals. for the underthickness tolerance and maximum
allowable depth of imperfections provided for
402.5.2BrittleFractures. Brittle fracture propaga-
in thespecificationsapproved by theCode.
tion shall be prevented by selectionof a pipesteel
A = sum of allowances for threading and grooving
which fractures in a ductile manner at operating tempera-
tures.API 5L supplementary requirements or similar as requiredunderpara. 402.4.2, corrosion as
requiredunderpara. 402.4.1, and increase in
specifications shall be used for testing requirements to
wallthickness if used as protectivemeasure
ensure theproperpipesteel selection.
underpara. 402.1.
402.5.3 Ductile Fractures. Ductile fracture propaga- p. = internaldesigngagepressure(seepara.
tionshall be minimized by theselectionof a pipe 401.2.2), psi (bar)
steel with appropriate fracture toughness andor by D = outside diameter of pipe, in. (mm)
theinstallation of suitable fracture arrestors.Design S = applicable allowable stress value, psi (MPa),
consideration shall includepipe diameter, wall thickness, in accordancewith para. 402.3.1(a), (b), (c),
fracture toughness,yield strength, operating pressure, or ( 4
14

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition Table 402.43
TABLE 402.4.3
WELD JOINT FACTOR €
Specification No. Pipe Type [Note (111 Factor
JointWeld E
ASTM A 53 Seamless 1.00
Electric
welded resistance 1.00
Furnace butt welded 0.60
ASTM A 134 Electric fusion (arc) welded 0.80

ASTM A 135 Electric resistance welded 1.00
ASTM A 139 Electric fusion (arc) welded 0.80

Electric resistance weld 1.00
ASTM A 381 submerged

Double arc welded 1.00
ASTM A 671 Electric fusion welded 1.00 [Notes (21, ( 3 ) l

0.80 [Note (4)l
ASTM A 672 Electric fusion welded 1.00 [Notes (21, ( 3 ) l

0.80[Note ( 4 ) l
API 5L Seamless 1.00

Electric
welded resistance 1.00
induction Electric welded 1.00
Submerged arc welded 1.00
Furnace butt welded, continuous welded 0.60
API 5LU Seamless 1.00

Electric resistance welded 1.00
Electric induction welded 1.00
Submerged arc welded 1.00
Known Known Note (5)
Unknown Seamless 1.00 [Note (6)l

Unknown Electric
welded
resistance 1.00 [Note (613
Unknown Electric fusion welded 0.80 [Note (6)l
Unknown Over NPS 4 0.80 [Note (7)l
Unknown N PS 4 and smaller 0.60 [Note (8)l
NOTES:
( 1 ) Definitions for the various pipe types (weld joints) are given in Para. 400.2.
( 2 ) Factor applies for Classes 12, 22, 32, 42, and 52 only.
(31 Radiography must be performed after heat treatment.
( 4 ) Factor applies for Classes 13, 23, 33, 43, and 53 only.
( 5 ) Factors shown above apply for new or used (reclaimed) pipe if pipe specification and Pipetype are known.
(6) Factor applies for new or used pipe ofunknown specification and ASTM A 120 if type of weld joint is known.
(7) Factor applies for new or used pipe of unknown specification and ASTM A 120 or for pipe over NPS
4 if type of jont is unknown.
( 8 ) Factor applies for new or used pipe of unknown specification and ASTM A 120 or for Pipe NPS 4 and
smaller if type of joint is unknown.
15

404.1.2404.3.1 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
404.1.2 StraightPipeUnderInternalPressure. forthe pressures andtemperatures in the applicable

The internalpressure design wall thickness t ofsteel AmericanNationalStandard or the MSS Standard
pipe shall be calculated bythe following equation. Practice.
(2) Steel butt welding tees and crosses shall com-
ply withASME B16.9 or MSS SP-75 andshallhave
pressureand temperature ratings basedon the same
stress values as were used in establishing the pressure
and temperature limitations forpipe of the same or
404.1.3 Straight PipeUnderExternalPressure.
equivalent material.
Pipelines within the scope of this Code may be subject
(3) Steelbuttweldingteesand crosses may be
to conditions during constructionand operation where
used for all ratios of branch diameter to header diameter
the external pressure exceeds the internal pressure (vac-
and all ratios of design hoop stress to specified minimum
uumwithinthe pipe or pressure outside the pipe
yield strength of the adjoining header and branch pipe,
when submerged). The pipe wall selected shall provide
providedthey comply with (2) above.
adequate strength to preventcollapse, taking into consid-
eration mechanical properties, variations inwallthick- (b) Integrally Reinforced Extruded Outlet Headers
ness permitted by material specifications,ellipticity (out- ( 1 ) Integrallyreinforcedextruded outlet headers
of-roundness), bending stresses, and external loads (see may be used for all ratios of branch diameter to header
para. 401.2.2). diameter and all ratios of design hoop stress to specified
minimumyield strength ofthe joining headerand
404.2 CurvedSegments of Pipe branch pipe, providedtheycomplywith (2) through
(8) immediately following.
Changes in direction may be madebybendingthe
(2) Whenthedesign meets the limitations on
pipe in accordance withpara. 406.2.1 or installing
geometry contained herein,the rules established are
factory made bends or elbows, in accordance with para.
validandmeettheintentof the Code.Theserules
406.2.3.
cover minimum requirements and are selected to assure
404.2.1 PipeBends. The wall thickness ofpipe satisfactory performance of extruded headers subjected
before bending shall be determined as for straight pipe to pressure. In addition, however, forces and moments
in accordancewith para. 404.1. Bends shall meetthe are usuallyapplied to thebranch by such agencies as
flattening limitations ofpara. 434.7.1. thermalexpansionand contraction, by vibration, by
deadweight of piping,valves and fittings, covering
198) 404.2.2 Elbows and contents, and by earth settlement. Consideration
(a) The minimummetal thickness offlanged or shall be given to thedesign of extrudedheader to
threaded elbows shall not be less than specified for the withstand these forces andmoments.
pressures and temperatures in the applicable American (3) Definition
NationalStandard or the MSS Standard Practice. ( a ) An extruded outlet header is defined as a
(6) Steelbuttwelding elbows shall comply with header in whichthe extruded lip at theoutlethas a
ASME B16.9, ASME B16.28, or MSS SP-75 and shall height above the surface oftheheaderwhichisequal
havepressure and temperatureratingsbased onthe to or greater than the radius of curvature of the external
same stress values as wereusedin establishing the contoured portion of the outlet, i.e., h, 2 r,. See
pressure and temperature limitations for pipe of the nomenclature and Fig. 404.3.1(b)(3).
same or equivalent materials.
(b) These rules do notapply to anynozzle in
which additional nonintegralmaterialisapplied in the
404.3 Intersections
formof rings, pads, or saddles.
(98) 404.3.1 Branch Connections. Branch connections (c) These rules apply onlyto cases wherethe
may be made by means oftees, crosses, integrally axis of the outlet intersects and is perpendicular to the
reinforcedextrudedoutlet headers, or weldedconnec- axis of theheader.
tions,and shall be designed in accordance withthe (4) Notation. The notation used herein is illustrated
following requirements. in Fig. 404.3.1(b)(3). All dimensions are in inches
( a ) Tees and Crosses (mm).
( I ) The minimummetalthicknessofflanged or d = outside diameter ofbranchpipe
threaded tees and crosses shall not be less than specified d, = internal diameter ofbranchpipe
16

ASME B31.4-1998Edition Fig. 4043.1@)(3)
Limits of t
reinforcement zone
diameter (if required)

to match branch pipe
1:3 maximum taper.
Sketch to show method TO

of establishing To when
the taper encroaches
on the crotch radius
Reinforcement
Sketch is drawn for

= 1.00
Reinforcement
Sketch is drawn for

condition whereK = 1.W
FIG. 404.3.1(b)(3) REINFORCED EXTRUDED OUTLETS
17

4043.1 ASME B31.4-1998Edition
D = outside diameter ofheader shall bethesum of areas A , + A2 + AD as defined

D, = internal diameter ofheader below.
Do = internal diameter of extruded outlet measured ( a ) Area A,. The area lying within the reinforce-
at the level of the outside surface of header ment zone resulting from any excess thickness available
h, = height of the extruded lip. This must be equal in theheaderwall, i.e.,
to or greater than ro except as shown in
(4)(b) below. A I = Do (Th - th)
L = height ofthe reinforcement zone
(6) Area AZ. The area lying within the reinforce-
ment zone resulting from any excess thickness available
= 0.7 fi in thebranchpipewall,i.e.,
= requiredthicknessofthebranchpipe ac-
tb
cording tothewallthickness equation in
A2 = 2L (Tb - tb)
para.404.1.2 (c) Area A3. The area lying within the reinforce-
Tb = actualnominalwallthickness of branch ment zone resulting from excess thickness available in
th = required thickness of theheader according theextruded outlet lip, i.e.,
to the wall thickness equation in para. 404.1.2
Th = actual nominalwallthicknessofheader
A3 = 2r0 (To - T b )
To = finished thickness of extruded outlet measured
at a height equal to ro abovethe outside (7) Reinforcement of Multiple Openings. The re-
surface oftheheader quirements outlined in para. 404.3.1(e) shall be fol-
rl = half-width of reinforcement zone (equal toDo) lowed, except that the required area and reinforcement
r, = radius of curvature of external contoured shall be as given in (5) and (6) above.
portion of outlet measured in the plane con- (8) The manufacturer shall be responsible for es-
taining the axes oftheheaderandbranch. tablishing andmarking onthesection containing ex-
This is subject to the following limitations. truded outlets, thedesignpressure and temperature,
( a ) Minimum Radius. This dimension shall “Established underprovisions ofASME B31.4,” and
not be less than 0.05d, except that on branch the manufacturer’s name or trademark.
diameters larger than NPS 30 itneednot ( c ) Welded Branch Connections. Welded branch con-
exceed1.50 in. (38 mm). nectionsshall be as shown i n Figs. 404.3.1(~)(1),
(6) Maximum Radius. For outlet pipe sizes 404.3.1(~)(2),and 404.3.1(~)(3).Design shall meet the
NPS 8 and larger, this dimensionshallnot minimum requirements listed in Table 404.3.1(c) and
exceed 0.1Od + 0.50 in. (13 mrn). For outlet described by items (I), (2), (3), and (4). Where reinforce-
pipe sizes less than NPS 8, thisdimension ment is required,items ( 5 ) and (6) shallapply.
shall notbegreaterthan1.25in. (32 mm). ( I ) Smoothlycontouredwrought tees or crosses
( c ) Whenthe external contour contains of proven design or integrally reinforced extruded head-
morethan one radius, the radius ofany arc ers arepreferred.Whensuchtees, crosses, or headers
sector of approximately 45 deg. shall meet are notused,thereinforcingmembershallextend
the requirements of (a) and (b) above. completely around the circumference of the header [see
(d) Machining shall not be employed in Fig. 404.3.1(c)(l) for typical constructions]. The inside
order to meetthe above requirements. edges of the finished opening whenever possible shall
(5) Required Area. The requiredareaisdefined be rounded to a ‘/s in. (3 mm) radius. If the encircling
as A = K(thDo), where K shall betaken as follows: member is thicker than the header and its ends are to
( a ) for d/D greater than 0.60, K = 1.00; be welded to theheader,the ends shallbechamfered
(b) for d/D greater than 0.15 and not exceeding (at approximately 45 deg.) down to a thickness notin
0.60, K = 0.6 + 2 / d D ; excess of theheaderthickness,and continuous fillet
( c ) for d D equal to or less than 0.15, K = 0.70. weldsshall be made. Pads, partial saddles, or other
The design must meet the criteria that the reinforce- types of localizedreinforcements are prohibited.
ment area defined in (6) belowisnotlessthanthe (2) The reinforcementmember may beofthe
required area. complete encirclement type [see Fig. 404.3.l(c)(l)],
(6) Reinforcement Area. The reinforcement area pad or saddle type [see Fig. 404.3.1(~)(2)],or welding
18

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition Fig. 4043.1(~)(1)
Ii around circumference
GENERAL NOTE: GENERAL NOTE:

Since fluid pressure is exerted Provide hole in reinforcement to reveal
on both sides of pipe metal under tee, leakage in buried welds and to provide
the pipe metal does not provide venting during welding and heat
reinforcement. treatment [see para. 404.3.l(d)(B)].
Tee Type Not required for tee type.
Sleeve Type
I i ‘ I
II
Saddle and Sleeve Type Saddle Type
GENERAL NOTE:
If the encircling member for tee, sleeve, or saddle type is thicker than the header and its ends are to be welded to the
header, the ends shallbe chamfered (at approximately 45deg.) down to a thickness not in excess of the header thickness.
FIG. 404.3.1(~)(1)WELDING DETAILS FOR OPENINGS WITH COMPLETE ENCIRCLEMENT TYPES

OF REINFORCEMENT
19

Fig. WJ.l(cM2) ASME B31.4-199% Edition
or
P d
\ Same as Fig.
404.3.1 (c) (3)
\
or
M = nominal wall thickness of pad reinforcement Th = nominal wall thickness of heeder

member Wl (min.) = the smaller of Tb ,M ,or 3/8 in. (10 mm)
Mb = nominal wall thicknessof saddle at branch end Wz (max.) = approx. Th
MA = nominal wall thicknessofsaddle at header end W2 (min.) = the smaller of 0.7 Th, 0.7 M, or 1/2 in. (13 mm)
N = 1/16in. (1.5 mm)(min.), 118 in.(3mm) (max.)(unless W; (max.1 = approx. rh
bnck welded or backing strip is u d ) W3 (min.) = the smaller of 0.7 Th, 0.7 Mh,or112in. (13 mm)
Tb = nominalwallthickness of branch
W4 (min.) = the smaller of Tb, M b or 3/8 in. (10 mm)
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) All welds areto have equalleg dimensions anda minimum throat equal to 0.707 x l e g dimension.
(b) If the reinforcing member is thickeritsatedge than the header, the edge shall be chamfered[at
approximately 45 deg.) down to a thickness such that leg dimensions of the fillet weld shall be
within the minimumand maximum dimensions specified above.
(c)A hole shallbe provided in reinforcement to reveal leakage in buried
welds and to provide venting
during welding and heat treatment[see para. 404.3.l(d)(8)].
FIG. 404.3.1(~)(2)WELDING DETAILS FOR OPENINGS WITH LOCALIZED TYPE REINFORCEMENT
20

ASME 831.4-1998 Edition 4043.1
GENERAL NOTE:
When a welding saddle is used, it shall be inserted over this type
of connection. See Fig. 404.3.1 (c) (2).
Th = nominal wall thickness of header
W , (min.)-
Tb = nominal wall thickness of branch
the smaller of T b Tb or 3/8in. (10 mm)
N = 1/16 in. (1.5 mm) (min.), 118 in. (3mm) (max.)
unless back welded or backing stripis used
FIG. 404.3.1(~)(3) WELDING DETAILS FOR OPENINGS WITHOUT REINFORCEMENT OTHER THAN
THAT IN HEADER AND BRANCH WALCS
TABLE 404.3.1k)
DESIGN CRITERIA FOR WELDED BRANCH CONNECTIONS
Ratio of Diameter of Hole Cut for Branch Connection to Nominal
Ratio of Design Hoop Header Diameter
Stress to Specfied
Yield Min. Strength More than 25%
of the Header 25% or
Through
less 50% More Than 50%
More than 20%

through 50%
More than 50% (2) (2)(3) (1)
outlet fittingtype. Where attached to theheader by be taken to provide suitable protection against vibrations
fillet welding, the edges of the reinforcement member and other external forces to which these small branch
shall be chamfered(atapproximately 45 deg.) down connections are frequently subjected.
to a thickness notin excess of the headerthickness. (4) Reinforcement of opening is notmandatory;
The diameter of the hole cut in the header pipe for a however,reinforcementmay be required for cases in-
branch connection shall not exceed the outside diameter volvingpressure over 100 psi (7 bar), thinwallpipe,
of the branch connection by more than v4
in. (6 mm). or severe external loads.
(3) Reinforcementforbranch connections with (5) If a reinforcement memberis required, and
hole cut NPS 2 or smaller is notrequired [see Fig. thebranchdiameter is such that a localized type of
404.3.1(~)(3) fortypical details]; however, care shall reinforcement member would extend around more than
21

4043.1 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
half the circumference of the header, then a complete branch does intersect the longitudinal or spiral
encirclement typeof reinforcement membershall be weld of the header, the allowable stress value
used, regardless of the design hoop stress, or a smoothly S of the header shall be used in the calculation.
contoured wrought steel tee or cross of proven design The allowable stress value S ofthebranch
or extrudedheader maybeused. shall beusedin calculating tb.
(6) The reinforcement shall be designed in accord- (4) The area available for the reinforcement shall
ance with para. 404.3.1(d). bethesum of:
(d) ReinforcementofSingle Openings (a) the cross-sectional area resultingfromany
(I) When welded branch connections are made to excess thickness available in the header thickness (over
pipe in the form of a single connection, or in a header theminimumrequiredfortheheader as defined in
or manifold as a series of connections, the design shall para. 404.1.2) and which lies within the reinforcement
be adequate to control the stress levels in the pipe within area as defined in para. 404.3.1(d)(5)below;
safe limits. The construction shall take cognizance of (6) the cross-sectional area resultingfromany
the stresses in the remainingpipe wall due to the opening excess thickness available in the branch wall thickness
in thepipe or header, the shear stresses produced by over theminimum thickness requiredforthebranch
the pressure acting on the area of the branch opening, and which lies within the reinforcement area as defined
and any external loading due to thermalmovement, in para. 404.3.1(d)(5) below;
weight,vibration, etc., andshallmeettheminimum ( c ) the cross-sectional area of all added reinforc-
requirements listed in Table 404.3.1(c). The following ingmetal, including weld metal,whichiswelded to
paragraphsprovidedesign rules basedonthe stress the header wall and lieswithin the reinforcement area
intensification created by the existence of a hole in an as defined in para. 404.3.1(d)(5)below.
otherwise symmetrical section. External loadings, such (5) Thereinforcementareaisshown in Fig.
as those due to thermal expansion or unsupported weight 404.3.l(d)(2) and is defined as a rectangle whose length
ofconnectingpipe,havenotbeen evaluated. These shall extend a distance d [see para.404.3.1(d)(3)] on
factors should be given attention in unusual designs each side of the transverse centerline of the finished
or under conditions of cyclic loading. opening andwhosewidthshallextend a distance of
When pipe which has been cold worked to meet the 2v2timesthe header wallthicknessfromtheoutside
specifiedminimumyield strength isused as a header surface of the header wall, except that in no case shall
containing single or multiple welded branch connections, it extend morethan 272 timesthe thickness of the
stresses shall be in accordancewithpara.402.3.1(d). branchwallfromtheoutside surface of theheader or
(2) The reinforcement required in the crotch section of thereinforcement if any.
of a welded branch connection shall be determined by (6) The material of any added reinforcement shall
the rule that the metal area available for reinforcement have an allowable working stress at least equal to that
shall be equal to or greater thantherequiredcross- of the header wall, except that material of lower allow-
sectional area as defined in (3) belowand in Fig.
able stress may be used if the areaisincreased in
404.3.1(d)(2). direct ratio of the allowable stresses forheaderand
(3) The required cross-sectional area AR isdefined reinforcementmaterialrespectively.
as theproductof d times t,,:
(7) The material used for ring or saddle reinforce-
ment may be of specifications differing from those of
thepipe,providedthecross-sectional area is made in
correct proportions to the relative strength of the pipe
where and reinforcementmaterialsattheoperatingtempera-
d = lengthofthefinished opening in theheader tures, and provided it has welding qualities comparable
wall measured parallel to theaxis of the header to thoseofthepipe. No credit shall be takenforthe
th = design header wall thickness required by para. additional strength of material having a higher strength
404.1.2. For welded pipe, whenthebranch thanthatofthe part to be reinforced.
does not intersect thelongitudinal or spiral (8) When rings or saddles are usedwhich cover
weld of the header, the allowable stress value the weld between branch and header, a vent hole shall
for seamless pipeof comparable grade may beprovided in thering or saddle torevealleakage in
beusedin determining th for thepurpose the weldbetweenbranchandheaderandtoprovide
of reinforcement calculations only. When the venting during weldingandheattreating operations.
22

AS" 831.41998 Edition 4043.1
"Area of reinforcement" enclosed by -- - -lines

Reinforcement area required A,, = dt,
Area available as reinforcement = A, + 4 + 4
A, = (T, - t,,) d
4 = 2 ( ~ , - r ~ ~
4 = summation of area of all added reinforcement, including
weld areas thatlie within the "area of reinforcement"
A, + 4 + 4 must be equal to or greater than A,,
where
T, = nominal wall thickness of header
Tb = nominal wall thickness of branch
tb =design branch wall thickness required by para. 404.1.2
th =design header wall thickness required by para. 404.1.2
d= length of the finished opening in the header wall
(measured parallel to the axisof the header)
M = actual (by measurement) ornominal
thickness of added reinforcement
FIG. 404.3.1(d)(2) REINFORCEMENT OF BRANCH CONNECTIONS
Vent holes shall beplugged during service to prevent Fig. 404.3.1(~)(2).If the reinforcing member is thicker
crevice corrosion between pipe and reinforcing member, at its edge than the header, the edge shall be chamfered
butnopluggingmaterial shall beused thatwouldbe (at approximately 45 deg.) down to a thickness so leg
capableof sustaining pressurewithinthe crevice. dimensions of the fillet weld shall be within the mini-
(9) The use of ribs or gussets shall not be consid- mum andmaximumdimensions specified in Fig.
ered as contributing toreinforcement to thebranch 404.3.1(~)(2).
connection. This does not prohibit theuseof ribs or ( 1 1 ) Reinforcement rings and saddles shall be accu-
gussets for purposes other than reinforcement, such as ratelyfittedtotheparts to whichthey are attached.
stiffening. Figures 404.3.1(~)(1)and 404.3.1(~)(2)illustrate some
(10) The branchshallbe attached by a weld for acceptable formsof reinforcement.
the full thickness of the branch or header wall plus a Branch connections attached at an angle less than
fillet weld W1 as shown in Figs. 404.3.1(~)(2) and 90 deg. to the header become progressively weaker as
404.3.1(~)(3).The useof concave fillet welds is to be the angle becomes less. Any such design shall be given
preferred to minimize corner stress concentration. Ring individual study, and sufficient reinforcement shall be
or saddle reinforcement shall be attached as shown by providedto compensate for the inherent weakness of
23

4043.1404.7 ASME B31.4-199% Edition
suchconstruction. The use ofencirclingribs to support 404.5PressureDesign of Flanges

theflat or reentering surfaces ispermissibleand may
404.5.1General
be included in the strength considerations. The designer
( a ) The design of flanges manufacturedin accordance
is cautioned that stress concentrations near the ends of
with para. 408.1 and the standards listed in Table 426.1
partial ribs, straps, or gussets may defeat their reinforc-
shall be considered suitable foruse at thepressure-
ingvalue,andtheiruse is not recommended.
temperature ratings as set forth in para.402.2.1.
( e ) Reinforcement of Multiple Openings (b) It is permissible to inside taper borethehubs
( I ) Two adjacent branchesshouldpreferably be on welding neck flanges having dimensions complying
spaced at such a distance that their individual effective withASMEB16.5whenthey are tobe attached to
areas ofreinforcement do not overlap.Whentwo or thinwallpipe.Itisrecommendedthat the taper shall
more adjacent branches are spaced at less than two not be more abrupt than a ratio of 1:3. MSS SP-44,
times their average diameter (so that their effective NPS 26, and larger “pipeline” flanges are designed
areas of reinforcement overlap), the group of openings for attachment to thinwall pipe and are preferred for
shall be reinforced in accordance with para. 404.3.1(d). this service.
The reinforcingmetalshall be added as a combined (c) Where conditions require the use of flanges other
reinforcement,thestrength ofwhichshall equal the than those covered in para. 408.1, the flanges shall be
combined strengths ofthereinforcementsthatwould designed in accordance with Appendix II of Section
be required for the separate openings. Inno case shall VIII,Division 1, oftheASMEBoilerand Pressure
any portion of a cross section be considered to apply VesselCode.
tomore than one opening, or be evaluatedmorethan (d) Slip-on flanges of rectangular cross section shall
once in a combinedarea. be designed so thatflange thickness is increased to
(2) Whenmorethantwo adjacent openings are provide strength equal to thatof the corresponding
to be providedwith a combined reinforcement, the hubbedslip-onflange covered by ASMEB16.5, as
determined by calculations made in accordance with
minimum distance between centers of any two of these
theASMEBoilerandPressureVessel Code, Section
openings shallpreferably be at least 1’/2 times their
VIII.Division 1.
average diameter, and the area of reinforcement between
them shall be at least equal to 50% of the total required
Reducers 404.6 (98)
for these twoopeningsonthe cross section being
considered. (a) Reducer fittings manufactured in accordance with
( 3 ) Whentwo adjacent openings as considered ASME B 16.5, ASME B 16.9, or MSS SP-75 shall have
underpara.404.3.1(e)(2)havethe distance between pressure-temperatureratingsbased onthe same stress
centers lessthan 173 timestheir average diameter, no values as were used inestablishing the pressure-tempera-
credit for reinforcement shall be given for any of the ture limitations for pipeofthe same or equivalent
metalbetween these two openings. material.
(4) Whenpipewhichhas been coldworked to
(b) Smoothlycontouredreducersfabricated to the
same nominal wall thickness and of the same type of
meet the specifiedminimumyieldstrength isused as
steel as the adjoining pipe shall be considered suitable
a header containing single or multipleweldedbranch
for use at the pressure-temperature ratingsof the adjoin-
connections, stresses shall be in accordance with para.
ing pipe. Seamweldsoffabricated reducers shall be
402.3.1(d).
inspected by radiography or other accepted nondestruc-
(5) Any number of closely spaced adjacent open- tive methods(visualinspection excepted).
ings, in anyarrangement, may bereinforced as if the (c) Where appropriate, changes in diameter maybe
group were treatedas one assumed opening ofa diameter accomplished by elbows, reducing outlet tees, or valves.
enclosing allsuchopenings.
404.7 Pressure Design of Other Pressure Containing
404.3.4Attachments. External and internal attach- Components
ments to pipingshall be designed so theywillnot Pressure containing components which are not cov-
cause flattening of the pipe, excessive localized bending ered by the standards listed in Tables 423.1 or 426.1
stresses, or harmful thermal gradients in the pipe wall. andforwhichdesign equations or proceduresarenot
See para. 421.1 for design of pipe supporting elements. given herein may be used where the design of similarly
24

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 404.7406.2.1
shaped, proportioned,andsized components has been ( e ) Coated or Lined Pipe. External or internal coat-
provensatisfactory by successful performance under ings or linings of cement, plastics, or other materialsmay
comparable service conditions. (Interpolation maybe be used on steel pipe conforming to the requirements of
made between similarly shaped provedcomponents with this Code. These coatings or linings shall not be consid-
small differences in size or proportion.) In the absence ered to add strength.
of suchservice experience, thepressuredesignshall
bebasedonan analysis consistent withthegeneral
design philosophy embodiedin this Code, and substanti- 406 FITTINGS,ELBOWS,BENDS,AND
ated by at least one of the following: INTERSECTIONS
(a) proof tests (asare described in UG-101of Section
VIII, Division 1, of the ASMEBoilerandPressure 406.1Fittings
VesselCode);
(b) experimental stress analysis (such as described 406.1.1General
in Appendix 6 of Section VIII, Division2,of the (a) Steel Butt Welding Fittings. Whensteelbutt
ASMEBoilerand Pressure Vessel Code); weldingfittings [see paras.404.2.2(b),404.3.1(a)(2),
(c) engineering calculations. and 404.3.1(a)(3)] are used, they shall complywith
ASMEB16.9,ASMEB16.28, or MSSSP-75.
(b) Steel Flanged Fittings. When steel flanged fittings
PART 3 [see paras. 404.3.1(a)(l) and404.5.11 are used,they
shall complywithASME B16.5.
DESIGNAPPLICATIONS OF PIPING
( c ) Fittings Exceeding Scope of Standard Sizes. Fit-
COMPONENTS SELECTION AND
tings exceeding scope of standard sizes or otherwise
LIMITATIONS departing from dimensions listed in the standards re-
ferred to in para. 406.1.l(a) or 406.1.l(b) may be used,
405 PIPE providedthe designs meet the requirements of paras.
403 and404.
405.2MetallicPipe
406.2Bends, Miters, andElbows
405.2.1FerrousPipe
(a) Newpipeofthe specifications listed in Table 406.2.1BendsMade From Pipe
423.1may be usedin accordance withthedesign (a) Bends maybe made by bendingthepipewhen
equation of para. 404.1.2 subject to the testing require- they are designed in accordance with para. 404.2.1 and
ments of paras. 437.1.4, 437.4.1, and 437.4.3. made in accordance with para. 434.7.1.
(b) Used pipe of known specification listed in Table (6) Except as permittedunderpara. 406.2.1(c), the
423.1may be usedin accordance withthedesign minimum radius of field cold bends shall be as follows:
equation of para. 404.1.2 subject to the testing require- MinimumRadius of
ments of paras. 437.4.1, 437.6.1, 437.6.3, and 437.6.4. Nominal Pipe Size Bend in Pipe Diameters
( c ) New or used pipe of unknown or ASTM A 120
NPS 12 and smaller 18D
specification may be used in accordance with the design 14 21
equation in para. 404.1.2 with an allowable stress value 16 24
as specified in para. 402.3.1(c) and subject to the testing 18 21
requirements of paras. 437.4.1,437.4.3,437.6.1,437.6.3, NPS 20 and larger 30
437.6.4,and 437.6.5, if 24,000 psi (165 MPa) yield
strength is used to establish an allowable stress value; In some cases, thinwallpipewillrequirethe useof
or para.437.4.1,andparas.437.6.1through437.6.7 aninternalmandrelwhenbeingbent to theminimum
inclusive, if a yield strength above 24,000 psi(165 radiitabulated above.
MPa) isusedto establish an allowable stress value. ( c ) Bends maybe made by bendingthepipe in
(d) Pipewhichhasbeen cold worked in order to sizes NPS 14 and larger to a minimum radius of 18D;
meetthespecified
minimum yield strength and is however,bending pipe to radii approaching 18Dthat
subsequently heated to 600°F (300°C) or higher (weld- willmeet requirements in para. 434.7.1(b) will be
ing excepted) shall be limited to a stress value as noted dependent upon wall thickness, ductility, ratio of pipe
in para.402.3.1(d). diameter to wall thickness, use ofbendingmandrel,
25

406.2.1404.6.4 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
and skill of bendingcrew. Test bendsshall be made 406.5Intersections

to determine thatthefieldbending procedure used
Intersectionfittings and weldedbranch connections
producesbendsmeeting the requirementsofpara.
are permitted within the limitations listed in para. 406.1
434.7.1(b) and that the wall thickness after bending is
(see para. 404.3 for design).
not less thantheminimumpermitted by the pipe
_ .
specification.
406.6Closures
406.2.2 Mitered Bends. In systems intended to oper- 406.6.1 Quick Opening Closures. A quick opening
ate at a hoop stress of more than 20% of the specified closure is a pressure containing component (see para.
minimumyield strength ofthepipe,miterbends are 404.7) used for repeated access to theinteriorof a
prohibited.Miterbends not exceeding 12v2 deg. may pipingsystem.Itisnot the intentof this Code to
be used in systems operatedat a hoop stress of 20% imposetherequirements of a specific design method
or less of the specified minimum yield strength of the on the designer or manufacturer of a quick opening
pipe, and theminimum distance betweenmitersmea- closure.
sured at the crotch shallnot be less thanonepipe Quick opening closures used for pressure containment
diameter. When the system is to be operated at a hoop underthis Code shallhave pressure andtemperature
stress of lessthan 10%ofthespecifiedminimum ratings equal to or in excess of the design requirements
yieldstrength of thepipe, the restriction to 12!4 deg. of thepipingsystem to which they are attached. See
maximummiterand distance betweenmiterswillnot paras. 401.2.2 and 402.2.
apply. Deflections caused by misalignment up to 3 deg. Quick opening closures shall be equipped with safety
are not considered miterbends. locking devices in compliance with Section VIII, Divi-
sion 1, UG-35(b) oftheASME Boiler and Pressure
406.2.3FactoryMadeBendsandElbows Vessel Code.
(a) Factorymadebendsandfactorymadewrought Weldendpreparation shall be in accordancewith
steel elbows may be used provided they meet the design para.434.8.6.
requirementsofparas.404.2.1and404.2.2andthe
construction requirements of para. 434.7.3. Such fittings 406.6.2ClosureFittings. Closure fittings commonly (98)
shall have approximately the same mechanical properties referredto as “weld caps” shall be designedand
and chemical composition as thepipe to whichthey manufactured in accordance with ASME B16.9 or MSS
arewelded. SP-75.
(b) If factory made elbows are used in cross-country 406.6.3ClosureHeads. Closure heads such as flat,
lines, care shouldbe taken to allow for passage of ellipsoidal (other than in para. 406.6.2 above), spherical,
pipe-linescrapers. or conical heads are allowed for useunderthis Code.
Such items shall be designed i? accordance with Section
406.2.4WrinkleBends. Wrinkle bendsshall not
VIII,Division 1, of theASMEBoilerand Pressure
be used.
Vessel Code. The maximum allowable stresses for
materials usedin these closure heads shall be established
406.3Couplings
undertheprovisions of para. 402.3.
Cast, malleable, or wrought iron threaded couplings If welds are used in the construction of these heads,
areprohibited. they shall be 100% radiographically inspectedin accord-
ance with theprovisions of SectionVIII,Division1.
406.4Reductions Closure heads shall havepressure and temperature
ratingsequal to or in excess oftherequirement of
(981 406.4.1
Reducers. Reductions in line size may be para. 401.2.2. It is not the intent of this code to
made by theuse of smoothly contoured reducers selected necessarily extend thedesignrequirements of Section
in accordance with ASME ASME B16.9* Or
B16*53 VIII,Division 1, toother components in which closure
MSS SP-75, or designed as provided in para.404.6.heads are part of a complete assembly.
406.4.2OrangePeelSwages. Orangepeel swages 406.6.4 Fabricated Closures. Orange peel bull plugs
are prohibited in systems operating at hoop stresses of are prohibited on systems operating at a hoop stress
more than 20% of the specified minimum yield strength more than 20% of the specified minimum yield strength
ofthepipe. ofthe pipe. Fishtailsandflat closures are permitted
26

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 406.6.4-408.4.2
for NPS 3 pipe and smaller, operating at less than 100 pressure-temperatureratingsshown in para.402.2.1.
psi(7 bar).Fishtails onpipe largerthan NPS 3are Theboreofweldingneckflangesshouldcorrespond
prohibited. to the inside diameter of the pipe with whichthey are
to beused.Seepara.404.5.1fordesign.
406.6.5 Bolted Blind Flange Closures. Bolted blind
flangeclosuresshallconformtopara.408. (c) Cast IronFlangesWithinScope of Standard
Sizes. Castironflangesareprohibited,exceptthose
which are an integral part of cast iron valves, pressure
407VALVES vessels, and other equipment and proprietary items [see
para. 407.l(b) and423.2.4(b)].
407.1General (d) Flanges Exceeding Scope of Standard Sizes.
Flanges exceeding scope of standard sizes or otherwise
(a) Steel valves conforming to standards and specifi-
departingfromdimensionslisted inASMEB16.5 or
cations listed in Tables423.1and426.1may be used.
MSS SP-44 may be used providedtheyaredesigned
Thesevalvesmaycontaincertaincast,malleable, or
in accordancewithpara.404.5.1.
wroughtironparts as providedforinAPI6D.
(b) Castironvalvesconformingtostandardsand (e) Flanges of RectangularCrossSection. Slip-on
specifications listed in Tables423.1and426.1may be flanges of rectangular cross section may be usedpro-
used for pressures not to exceed 250 psi (17 bar). Care vided they are designed in accordance with para.
shall be exercisedtopreventexcessivemechanical 404.5.1 (d).
loadings(seepara.408.5.4).
(c) Workingpressureratings ofthesteelpartsof 408.3FlangeFacings
steel valves are applicable within the temperature limita-
408.3.1General
tionsof-20°F(-30°C)to250°F(120°C)(seepara.
401.3.1). Where resilient, rubberlike,or plastic materials (a) Standard Facings. Steel or cast iron flanges shall
are used for sealing, they shall be capable of withstand- have contactfacesinaccordance with ASMEB16.5
ing the fluid, pressures, and temperatures specified for or MSS SP-6.
thepipingsystem. (b) Special Facings. Special facings are permissible
providedtheyarecapableofwithstandingthesame
407.8 SpecialValves tests as those inASMEB16.5.Seepara.408.5.4for
boltingsteeltocastironflanges.
Specialvalvesnotlisted in Tables423.1and426.1
shall be permitted,providedthattheirdesignis ofat 408.4Gaskets
least equal strength and tightness and they are capable
of withstanding the same test requirements as covered 408.4.1 General. Gaskets shall be made of materials
in thesestandards,andstructuralfeaturessatisfythe whicharenotinjuriouslyaffectedbythefluidinthe
material specification and test procedures ofvalves in pipingsystem,andshallbecapableofwithstanding
similarservicesetforth inthelistedstandards. thepressuresandtemperaturestowhichtheywill be
subjected in service.
408 FLANGES,FACINGS,GASKETS,AND
BOLTING 408.4.2StandardGaskets
(a) Gasketsconformingto ASMEB16.20 or to
408.1Flanges ASME B 16.21may be used.
(981 408.1.1
General (b) Metallic gaskets other than ring type or spirally
(a) Flanged connections shall conform to the require- woundmetalasbestosshallnot be usedwithANSI
mentsofparas.408.1,408.3,408.4,and408.5. Class150 or lighterflanges.
(b) SteelFlangesWithinScope of StandardSizes. (c) The useofmetal or metaljacketedasbestos
Welding neck, slip-on, threaded, and lapped companion (eitherplain or corrugated)is notlimited[except as
flanges,reducingflanges,blindflanges,andflanges provided in para.408.4.2(b)] as topressure,provided
cast or forgedintegral with pipe,fittings, or valves, thatthegasketmaterialissuitablefortheservice
conforming to ASME B 16.5 or MSS SP-44, are permit- temperature. These types of gaskets are recommended
tedinthe sizes listed inthesestandardsandforthe forusewiththesmallmaleandfemale or thesmall
27

408.4.2-414.1 ASME B31.4-1998 Editioo
tongue and groove facings. Theymay also be used 409 USEDPIPINGCOMPONENTSAND

withsteel flanges withanyofthefollowing facings: EQUIPMENT
lapped, large male and female, large tongue and groove,
Usedpiping components, such as fittings, elbows,
or raised face.
bends,intersections,couplings,reducers,closures,
(d) Asbestos composition gaskets may be used as flanges, valves, and equipment, may be reused. [Reuse
permitted inASMEB16.5. This type of gasket may of pipeiscovered by para. 405.2.l(b).] However,
be usedwithanyofthevariousflange facings except such components and equipment shall be cleaned and
smallmaleand female, or smalltongueand groove. examined; reconditioned, if necessary, to insure that
( e ) Ringsforring joints shall be of dimensions theymeetall requirements for theintended service;
established in ASMEB16.20. The materials for these andsound and freeof defects.
rings shall be suitable for the service conditions encoun- In addition, reuse shall be contingent on identification
teredand shall be softer thantheflanges. of the specification under which the item was originally
produced. Where the specification cannot be identified,
408.4.3SpecialGaskets. Special gaskets,including
use shall be restricted toa maximum allowable operating
insulating gaskets, maybeusedprovidedthey are
pressure based on a yield strength of 24,000 psi (165
suitable for the temperatures, pressures, fluids, andother
MPa) or less.
conditions towhichtheymay be subjected.
408.5Bolting
PART 4
198) 408.5.1
General SELECTIONANDLIMITATION OF
(a) Bolts or studboltsshallextendcompletely PIPINGJOINTS
throughthenuts.
(6) Nuts shall conform with ASTM A 194 or A 325,
exceptthat A 307Grade B nuts may be usedon 411 WELDEDJOINTS
ASME Class 150andASME Class 300 flanges.
411.2ButtWelds
(98) 408.5.2
Bolting for Steel
Flanges. Bolting shall
conform toASME B16.5. Butt welded joints shall be in accordance with Chap-
ter V.
408.5.3 Bolting for Insulating Flanges. For insulat-
ingflanges, v8in. (3 mm) undersizebolting may
412 FLANGEDJOINTS
be used providedthatalloysteelboltingmaterial in
accordance withASTM A 193 or A 354 isused.
412.1General
408.5.4Bolting Steel to Cast IronFlanges. When
Flanged joints shall meet the requirements of
bolting Class 150 steelflanges to Class 125 cast iron
para. 408.
flanges, heat treated carbon steel or alloy steel bolting
(ASTM A 193) maybeused only whenboth flanges
areflat face andthegasketisfull face; otherwise, the 414 THREADEDJOINTS
bolting shall have a maximum tensile strength no greater
thanthemaximumtensilestrength ofASTM
General A 307 414.1 (98)
Grade B. When bolting Class 300 steel flanges to Class
250 cast iron flanges, the bolting shall have a maximum All external pipe threads on piping components shall
tensilestrengthnogreaterthanthemaximumtensile be taperpipethreads.They shall be line pipethreads
strengthofASTM A 307 GradeB.Goodpractice in accordance with API 5B, or NPT threads in accord-
indicates thattheflangeshould beflat faced. ance with ASME B1.20.1. All internal pipe threads on
piping components shall be taperpipethreads, except
408.5.5Bolting for SpecialFlanges. For flanges for sizes N P S 2 and smaller with design gage pressures
designed in accordance withpara. 404.5.1 [seeparas. not exceeding 150 psi (10 bar), in which case straight
408.1.l(d) and 408.1.l(e)], bolting shall conform to the threads maybe used.
applicable section of SectionVIII,Division1, of the Least nominal wall thickness for threaded pipe shall
ASMEBoilerandPressureVessel Code. be standard wall(seeASMEB36.10M).
28

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 418419.6.4
418 SLEEVE,COUPLED,ANDOTHER ( d ) Expansionofabovegroundlinesmaybepre-

PATENTEDJOINTS vented by anchoring themso that longitudinal expansion,
or contraction, due to thermal and pressure changes is
418.1General absorbed by direct axial compression or tension of the
pipe in the same way as for buried piping. In addition,
SteelconnectorsandswivelscomplyingwithAPI however, beam bending stresses shall be included and
6D maybeused. Sleeve,coupled,andotherpatented thepossibleelasticinstability ofthe pipe,andits
joints,except as limitedinpara.423.2.4(b),maybe supports,due to longitudinalcompressiveforcesshall
usedprovided: be considered.
(a) a prototype joint has been subject to proof tests
to determinethesafety ofthe jointsundersimulated 419.5Flexibility
service conditions. When vibration, fatigue, cyclic con-
ditions, low temperature,thermalexpansion, or other 419.5.1Means of ProvidingFlexibility. If expan-
severe conditions are anticipated, the applicable condi- sionisnotabsorbed by directaxialcompression of
tionsshall beincorporatedinthetests. thepipe,flexibilityshall be provided by the useof
(b) adequate provision is made to prevent separation bends, loops, or offsets; or provision shall be made to
ofthe joint andtopreventlongitudinal or lateral absorb thermal strains by expansion joints or couplings
movement beyond the limits provided for in the joining of the slip joint, ball joint, or bellows type. If expansion
member. joints are used,anchors or ties of sufficientstrength
and rigidity shall be installed to provide for end forces
duetofluidpressureandothercauses.
PART 5 419.6Properties
EXPANSION,FLEXIBILITY,
STRUCTURALATTACHMENTS, 419.6.1 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion. The lin-
SUPPORTS, AND RESTRAINTS earcoefficient of thermalexpansionforcarbonand
lowalloyhightensilesteelmaybetaken as 6.5 x
10" in./in./"Ffortemperatures upto 250°F(1 1.7 x
419 EXPANSIONANDFLEXIBILITY 10" mm/mm/"c fortemperatures upto 120"~).
419.6.2 Moduli of Elasticity. Flexibility calculations
419.1General shall bebasedon the modulus of elasticity at ambient
(a) ThisCodeisapplicabletobothaboveground temperature.
andburiedpipingandcoversallclassesofmaterials 419.6.3Poisson's Ratio. Poisson'sratioshall be
permitted by thisCode.Formalcalculationsshallbe taken as 0.3forsteel.
requiredwherereasonabledoubtexists as totheade-
quateflexibility ofthepiping. 419.6.4StressValues
(b) Piping shall be designed to have sufficient flexi- (a) General. Therearefundamentaldifferencesin
bility to prevent expansion or contraction from causing loading conditions for the buried, or similarly restrained,
excessivestresses in thepipingmaterial,excessive portions of thepipingandtheabovegroundportions
bendingmomentsat joints, or excessiveforces or notsubjecttosubstantialaxialrestraint.Therefore,
momentsatpointsofconnection toequipment or at differentlimits on allowablelongitudinalexpansion
anchorage or guidepoints.Allowableforcesandmo- stressesarenecessary.
ments on equipment may be less than for the connected (6) Restrained Lines. Thenetlongitudinalcompres-
piping. sive stress due to the combined effects of temperature
(c) Expansioncalculationsarenecessaryforburied riseandfluidpressureshall becomputedfromthe
lines if significanttemperaturechangesareexpected, equation:
such as when the line is to carry a heated oil. Thermal
expansion ofburiedlinesmaycausemovementat
points where the line terminates, changes in direction,
or changes in size. Unless such movements are restrained where
by suitableanchors,thenecessaryflexibilityshallbe S, = longitudinalcompressivestress,psi(MPa)
provided. s h = hoop stressduetofluidpressure,psi(MPa)
29

419.6.4419.73 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
T, = temperature at time of installation, O F ("C) 100% of the expansion, with modulus of elasticity for
T2 = maximum or minimum operating temperature, thecoldcondition - shallnotexceedthe allowable
OF ("C) stress range SA, where SA = 0.72 of specified minimum
E = modulus ofelasticityof steel, psi (MPa) yield strength of the pipe as noted in para. 402.3.2(c).
a = linear coefficient of thermal expansion, idin./ The sum of the longitudinal stresses due to pressure,
OF (mm/mm/"C) weight, and other sustained external loadings shall not
v = Poisson's ratio = 0.30forsteel exceed 0.75SA in accordance withpara.402.3.2(d).
The sum of thelongitudinal stresses produced by
Note that the net longitudinal stress becomes compres- pressure,liveand dead loads, and thoseproduced by
sive formoderateincreases of T2 andthat according occasional loads, such as wind or earthquake, shall not
to the commonly used maximumshear theory of failure, exceed 80% ofthespecifiedminimumyieldstrength
this compressive stress adds directly to the hoop stress of thepipe, in accordance withpara.402.3.3(a). It is
to increase the equivalent tensile stress available to not necessary to consider wind and earthquake as
cause yielding. As specified in para. 402.3.2(c), this
occurring concurrently.
equivalent tensile stress shall not be allowed to exceed
90% ofthespecifiedminimumyield strength ofthe As noted in para.402.3.3(b), stresses due to test
pipe, calculated for nominal pipe wall thickness. Beam conditions are not subject to the limitations of para.
bending stresses shall be included in the longitudinal 402.3. It is not necessary to consider other occasional
stress for thoseportions of therestrainedlinewhich loads, suchas wind and earthquake, as occurring concur-
are supported above ground. rentlywith the live, dead, andtestloads existing at
(c) Unrestrained Lines. Stresses due to expansion thetime of test.
forthoseportions of the pipingwithout substantial
axial restraint shall be combined in accordance with 419.7Analysis
thefollowing equation:
419.7.3BasicAssumptions and Requirements
(a) The effect of restraints, such as support friction,
branch connections, lateral interferences, etc.,shall be
considered in the stress calculations.
stress due toexpansion
(b) Calculations shall take into account stress intensi-
fication factors found to exist in components other than
plainstraight pipe. Credit may betaken for extra
Z flexibility of such components. In the absence of more
directly applicable data, the flexibility factors and stress
equivalent bending stress, psi (MPa)
intensification factors shown in Fig. 419.6.4(c) may
Mt/2Z = torsional stress, psi (MPa)
be used.
bendingmoment in plane of member (for
members having significant orientation, such ( c ) Nominal dimensions ofpipeandfittingsshall
as elbows or tees; for the latter the moments beusedinflexibility calculations.
in the header andbranch portions are tobe (d) Calculations of pipe stresses in loops, bends, and
considered separately), in.-lb (N.m) offsets shall be based on the total range from minimum
bendingmomentout of, or transverse to, to maximum temperature normally expected, regardless
plane of member, in.-lb (N.m) of whetherpipingiscold sprung or not.Inaddition
torsionalmoment, in.-lb (N.m) to expansion oftheline itself, thelinear and angular
stress intensification factor under bending in
movementsoftheequipment to whichitisattached
plane of member[fromFig. 419.6.4(c)]
shall be considered.
stress intensification factor under bending out
of, or transverse to, plane of member [from ( e ) Calculations of thermal forces andmoments on
Fig.419.6.4(c)] anchors and equipment such as pumps,meters,and
sectionmodulus of _pipe, _ in.3 (cm3) heat exchangers shall be based on thedifference between
The maximumcomputedexpansion stress range - installationtemperatureandminimum or maximum
SE withoutregardforfluidpressure stress, basedon anticipated operating temperature, whichever is greater.
30

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition Fig. 419.6.q~)
Stress Intensification
Factor
Flexibility Flexibility
Factor
Description k ii (1) io(2) Characteristic h Sketch
Welding elbow,” 41 ’3 6l ’ -
1.65 -
0.9 -
0.75 -
tR
or pipe bend h hz3 hzB ?
spaced Closely
miter bend,’, 4, ’, ’ -
1.52 -
0.9 -
0.75 - e ts
cot -
h5/6 h” h2D
5 < r(1 + t a n e)
2
Widely spaced
miter bend,’, 4, ’, *
5 2 r(1+ t a n e)
Welding tee”
per ASME 816.9
1 0.75i0 + 0.25
0.9
-
h2/3
4.4 -t
~~ ~
Reinforced tee’, 4* 0.9

with pad or saddle
1 0.75i0 + 0.25 -
h2/3
( t + li2 fi*
t” r
Saddle
Unreinforced
fabricated tee’,
1 0.754, + 0.25 -
0.9 -t
r
hu3
FIG. 419.6.4(c) FLEXIBILITY FACTOR k AND STRESS INTENSIFICATION FACTOR i
31

Fig. 419.6.q~) ASME B31.4-1!298 Edition
Stress Intensification
Factor
Flexibility Flexibility
Description Factor k ii (1) io(2) Characteristic h Sketch
~ ~~ ~~~ ~~
Butt welded joint, reducer,

or welding neck flange
1 ... ...
Double welded slip-on

flange
1 1.2 ... ...
Fillet welded joint (single

welded), or single welded 1 1.3 ... ...
slip-on flange
Lapped flange (with

1 1.6 ... ...
ANSI 816.9 lap-joint stub)
Threaded pipe joint,

or threaded flange
1 2.3 ... ...
Corrugated straight pipe, or

corrugated or creased bend'"
5 2.5 ... ...
NOTES:
(1) In-plane.
(2) Out-of-plane.
(3) For fittings and miter bends, the flexibility factors k and stress intensification factors i in the Table apply to bending in any plane and
shall not be less than unity; factors for torsion equal unity. Both factors apply over the effective arc length (shown by heavy center lines
in the sketches) for curved and miter elbows, and to the intersection point for tees.
(4) The values of k and i can be read directly from Chart A by entering with the characteristic h computed from the equations given, where
R = bend radius of welding elbow or pipe bend, in. (mm)
T = pad or saddle thickness, in. (mm)
d = outside diameter of branch
r = mean radius of matching pipe, in. (mm)
r, = see Note (11)
s = miter spacing at center line
t = nominal wall thickness of: part itself, for elbows and curved or mited bends; matching pipe, for welding tees; run or header, for
fabricated tees (provided that if thickness is greater than that of matching pipe, increased thickness must be maintained for at
least one run O.D. to each side of the branch O.D.).
tc = the crotch thickness of tees
B = one-half angle between adjacent miter axes, deg.
( 5 ) Where flanges are attached to one or both ends, the values of k and i in the Table shall be corrected by the factors C, given below, which
can be read directly from Chart 6,entering with the computed h: oneendflanged, hu6 1 1; both endsflanged, 2 1.
(6) The engineer is cautioned that cast butt welding elbows may have considerably heavier walls than that of the pipe with which they are
used. Large errors may be introduced unless the effect of these greater thicknesses is considered.
(7)I n large diameter thin wall elbows and bends, pressure can significantly affect the magnitude of flexibility and stress intensification factors.
To correct values obained from Table for the pressure effect, divide:
Flexibility
factor k by 1 +6 (7) (+)
7/3 I/3
Stress intensificationfactor i by 1 + 3.25 -g(;)(+)m

P r*
where
EC = cold modulus of elasticity
P = gagepressure
( 8 ) Also includes single miter joint.
(9) When T > lv2t, use h = 4.05 Vr.
(10) Factors shown apply to bending; flexibility factor for torsion equals 0.9.
FIG. 419.6.4k) FLEXIBILITY FACTOR k AND STRESS INTENSIFICATION FACTOR i (CONT'D)
32

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 420-422.6.2
(11) Radius of curvature of external contoured portion of outlet measured in the plane containing the axes of the run and branch. This is subject
to the following limitations:
(a) minimum radius r,: the lesser of 0.05dor 38 mm (1.5 in.);
(b) maximum radius r,, shall not exceed:
(1) for branches DN200 (NPS 8) and larger, 0.10d+ 13 mm (0.50 in);
(2) for branches less than DN200 (NPS 8), 32 mm (1.25 in.);
(c) when the external contour contains more than oneradius, the radius onany arc sector of approximately 45 deg. shall meet the
requirements of (a) and (b) above;
(d) machining shall not be employed in order to meet the above requirements.
FIG. 419.6.4k) FLEXIBILITY FACTOR k AND STRESS INTENSIFICATION FACTOR i (CONT’D)
420 LOADSONPIPESUPPORTING MSS SP-69 for their selection and application may
ELEMENTS be used.
420.1General
The forces andmomentstransmitted to connected
PART 6
equipment, such as valves, strainers, tanks,pressure
vessels,andpumpingmachinery,shallbekeptwithin AUXILIARY AND OTHER SPECIFIC
safe limits. PIPING
421 DESIGN OF PIPESUPPORTING 422 DESIGNREQUIREMENTS

ELEMENTS
422.3 Instrument and Other Auxiliary Liquid
421.1Supports,Braces,andAnchors Petroleum or LiquidAnhydrousAmmonia
Piping
(a) Supports shall be designed to support the pipe
without causing excessive local stresses in the pipe All instrument and other auxiliary piping connected
and without imposing excessive axial or lateral friction to primary piping and which operates at a gage pressure
forcesthatmightpreventthedesiredfreedom of exceeding 15 psi (1 bar) shall be constructed in accord-
movement. ance withthe provisions of this Code.
(b) Bracesand damping devices may occasionally
422.6PressureDisposalPiping
be required to prevent vibration of piping.
(c) All attachments to the pipe shall be designed to Pressure disposal or relief piping betweenpressure
minimizethe added stresses inthepipewall because origin pointandrelief device shall bein accordance
of the attachment. Nonintegral attachments, such as with this Code.
pipe clamps and ring girders, are preferred where they
422.6.1 A full area stop valve may be installed
willfulfillthe supporting or anchoring functions.
between origin pointandrelief device providing such
(d) If pipeis designed to operate at or close to its
valvecan be locked or sealed in the openposition.
allowable stress, all connections welded to thepipe
shall bemade to a separate cylindrical member which 422.6.2 Disposalpipingfromrelief device shall be
completely encircles the pipe, and this encircling mem- connected to a proper disposal facility, which may be
ber shall be welded to the pipe by continuous circumfer- a flare stack, suitable pit, sump, or tank. This disposal
ential welds. piping shall have no valvebetweenrelief device and
( e ) The applicable sections of MSS SP-58 for materi- disposal facilityunless such valve can belocked or
als anddesignof pipe hangersand supports and of sealed in the open position.
33

Fig.419.6.q~) ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
Characteristic h
Chart A
1 .00
0.75
G
b
’
5
c
c
0.50
L.
0.375 \ 1 End
flanged C1 = h’”
2 Ends flanged C1= hl’
0.25
FIG. 419.6.4W FLEXIBILITY FACTOR k AND STRESS INTENSIFICATION FACTOR i (CONT‘D)
34

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
CHAPTER 111
MATERIALS
423 MATERIALS - GENERAL 423.2.4Cast,Malleable,andWroughtIron

REQUIREMENTS (a) Cast,malleable,andwroughtironshallnot be
used forpressurecontainingpartsexcept as provided
inparas. 407.l(a), 407.l(b), and423.2.4(b).
423.1AcceptableMaterialsandSpecifications (6) Cast, malleable, and wrought iron are acceptable
in pressure vessels and other equipment noted in para.
(a) The materialsused shall conform to the specifica- 400.1.2(b)and in proprietaryitems[seepara.
tions listed in Table 423.1 or shall meet the requirements 400.1.2(g)], except that pressure containing parts shall
of this Code for materials not listed. Specific editions be limited to pressures not exceeding 250 psi (17 bar).
of standardsincorporated in thisCode by reference, 423.25 Materials for Liquid Anhydrous Ammonia
and the names and addresses of the sponsoring organiza- Pipeline Systems. Only steel conforming to specifica-
tions, are shownin Appendix A, since it is not practical tionslistedinAppendix A shall be used for pressure
to refer to a specific edition of each standard in Table containing piping components and equipment in liquid
423.1andthroughouttheCode text. AppendixAwill anhydrous ammonia pipeline systems. However, internal
be revised at intervals,as needed, and issued in Addenda partsofsuchpipingcomponentsandequipment may
to the Code. Materials and components conforming to be madeofothermaterialssuitablefortheservice.
aspecification or standardpreviouslylistedinTable The longitudinal or spiral weld of electric resistance
423.1. or to a superseded edition of a listed specification weldedandelectricinductionweldedpipeshall be
or standard, maybeused. normalized.
(b) Except as otherwiseprovidedfor in thisCode, Cold formed fittings shall be normalized after fabri-
materials which do not conform to a listed specification cation.
or standardshall be qualifiedforuse by petitioning Except for the quantities permitted in steels by indi-
the Code Committee for approval. Complete information vidualspecificationsforsteelslisted inAppendixA,
shallbesupplied totheCodeCommitteeandthe the useof copper,zinc, or alloys of thesemetalsis
prohibitedforallpressurepipingcomponentssubject
Code Committee approval shall be obtained before the
to aliquidanhydrousammoniaenvironment.
materialmaybeused.
423.2.6 Materials for Carbon Dioxide Piping Sys-
423.2LimitationsonMaterials tems. Use for blow down and bypass piping in carbon
dioxidepipelinesshall be of materialsconformingto
423.2.1General ASTM A 333andASTM A420.
(a) Thedesignershallgiveconsiderationtothe
significance of temperature on the performance of h e
material.
(b) Selection ofmaterialtoresistdeteriorationin
service isnotwithinthescopeofthisCode.It is the 425MATERIALSAPPLIEDTO
MISCELLANEOUSPARTS
designer’s responsibility to select materials suitable for
the fluid service under the intended operating conditions. 425.3Gaskets
An exampleof asource of information onmaterials
performance in corrosive environments is theCorrosion Limitations on gasket materials are covered in para.
Datu Survey published by the National Association of 408.4.
CorrosionEngineers.
425.4Bolting
423.23 Steel. Steels for pipeareshown in Table Limitations on bolting materials are covered in para.
423.1(except as noted in para.423.2.5). 408.5.
35

Table 423.1 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
TABLE 423.1
MATERIAL STANDARDS
Standard or Specification Designation
Pipe
Pipe.Steel. Black & Hot.Dipped. Zinc-Coated Welded & Seamless ............................................. ASTM A 5 3
SeamlessCarbonSteelPipe for High-Temperature Service .................................................... ASTM A 106
Pipe.Steel. Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded (Sizes NPS 16 and Over) ............................................ ASTM A 134
Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe .................................................................... ASTM A 135
Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4 andOver) ................................................... ASTM A 139
Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low Temperature Service ................................................. ASTM A 333
Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use with High-pressure Transmission Systems ................................... ASTM A 381
SeamlessCarbon Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures .......................................... ASTM A 524
GeneralRequirements for Specialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe ............................................. ASTM A 530
Electric-Fusion-Welded SteelPipe for Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures ..................................... ASTM A 671
Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures ............................ ASTM A 672
Line Pipe ........................................................................................... A P I 51
Ultra-High Test Heat Treated Line Pipe ................................................................... API 51u
Fittings. Valves. and Flanges
Pipe Flangesand Flanged Fittings .............................................. ......................... ASME 816.5

Forgings.Carbon Steel. for Piping Components .................................... ......................... ASTM A 105
Gray Iron Castings for Valves.Flanges.andPipe Fittings ............................ ......................... ASTM A 126
Forgings. Carbon Steel. for General-Purpose Piping ............................... .......................... ASTM A 181
Forged or Rolled Alloy-Steel Pipe Flanges. Forged Fittings. and Valves and Parts for High-.Temperature Service ......... ASTM A 182
SteelCastings.Carbon. Suitable for Fusion Welding. for High Temperature Service ...... .......................... ASTM A 216
Steel Castings. Martensitic Stainless and Alloy. for Pressure Containing Parts. Suitable for High-Temperature
Service ........................................................................................... ASTM A 217
Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures .................... ASTM A 234
Forgings, Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components .................... ASTM A 350
Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures ................................ ASTM A 395
Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Low Temperature Service [Note (111 .................... ASTM A 420
SteelCastings Suitable for PressureService ............................................................... ASTM A 487
Forgings, Carbon and Alloy Steel, for Pipe Flanges, Fittings, Valves, and Parts for High-pressure Transmission
Service ........................................................................................... ASTM A 694
Wellhead Equipment .................................................................................. API 6A

Pipeline Valves,EndClosures,Connectorsand Swivels ....................................................... API 6D
SteelGateValves, Flanged and Buttwelding Ends ........................................................... API 600
Compact Carbon Steel Gate Valves ....................................................................... API 602
Class 150, Corrosion Resistant Gate Valves ................................................................ A P I 603
Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves. Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping Components .................... MSS 5p-55
Specification For High Test Wrought Welding Fittings ....................................................... MSS 5p-75
Bolting
Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service ................................... ASTM A 193
Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-pressure and High-Temperature Service ............................ ASTM A 194
CarbonSteel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners ....................................................... ASTM A 307
Alloy Steel Bolting Materials for Low-Temperature Service ................................................... ASTM A 320
High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints ............................................................. ASTM A 325

Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts. Studs. and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners .......................... ASTM A 354
QuenchedandTemperedSteel Bolts andStuds ............................................................. ASTM A 449
36

ASME B31.4-1998Edition Table 423.1
TABLE 423.1 (CONT’D)

MATERIAL STANDARDS
Bolting (Cont‘d)
Heat Treated Steel Structural Bolts. 150 ksi (1035 MPa) Minimum Tensile Strength .............................. ASTM A 490
Structural Materials
GeneralRequirements for Rolled SteelPlates.Shapes.SheetPiling.and Bars for Structural Use ..................... ASTM A 6
GeneralRequirements for Steel Plates for PressureVessels ................................................... ASTM A 20
General Requirements for Steel Bars. Carbon and Alloy. Hot-Wrought and Cold-Finished ............................ ASTM A 29
Structural Steel ...................................................................................... ASTM A 36
PressureVesselPlates. Alloy Steel.Manganese-Vanadium .................................................... ASTM A 225
High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel ................................................................. ASTM A 242

Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. and Bars........................................... ASTM A 283
PressureVesselPlates.CarbonSteel. Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength .................................... ASTM A 285
High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Manganese Vanadium Steel ............................................... ASTM A 441
PressureVesselPlates.CarbonSteel. Improved Transition Properties ........................................... ASTM A 442
General Requirements for Steel Sheet and Strip. Alloy. Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled ................................ ASTM A 505
Steel Sheet and Strip. Alloy. Hot-Rolled andCold.Rolled. Regular Quality ........................................ ASTM A 506
SteelSheetandStrip.Alloy. Hot-Rolled andCold.Rolled. Drawing Quality ....................................... ASTM A 507
High.Yield.Strength.Quenched andTempered Alloy SteelPlate. Suitable for Welding .............................. ASTM A 514
Pressure Vessel Plates. Carbon Steel. for Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service ............................ ASTM A 515
PressureVesselPlates.CarbonSteel. for Moderate- and Lower-Temperature Service ............................... ASTM A 516
PressureVesselPlates. Alloy Steel.High.Strength.Quenched and Tempered ...................................... ASTM A 517

PressureVesselPlates. Heat Treated.Carbon-Manganese-SiliconSteel .......................................... ASTM A 537
High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steels of Structural Quality ...................................... ASTM A 572
Structural CarbonSteel Plates of Improved Toughness ....................................................... ASTM A 573
SteelBars.Carbon. Merchant Quality. M-Grades ............................................................ ASTM A 575
SteelBars.Carbon.Hot.Wrought.Special Quality ........................................................... ASTM A 576
Normalized High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel ........................................................ ASTM A 633

SteelBars.Carbon. Merchant Quality. Mechanical Properties .................................................. ASTM A 663
SteelBars.Carbon.Hot.Wrought.Special Quality. Mechanical Properties ........................................ ASTM A 675
Miscellaneous
Pipe Hangers and Support Materials. Design and Manufacture ................................................. MSS SP-58
GENERAL NOTE:
Specific editions of standards incorporated in this Code by reference. and the names and addresses of the sponsoring organizations. are shown
in Appendix A. since it is not practical to refer to a specific edition of each standard in Table 423.1 and throughout the Code text . Appendix
A will be revised at intervals as needed. and issued in Addenda to the Code.
NOTE:
(1) A 420 Grade WPL9 is not recommended for anhydrous ammonia due to copper content.
37

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 4264263
CHAPTER IV
DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS
426 DIMENSIONALREQUIREMENTS FOR 426.2 Nonstandard Piping Components

STANDARD AND NONSTANDARD PIPING The dimensions fornonstandardpipingcomponents
COMPONENTS shall be such as to providestrengthandperformance
equivalent to standard componentsor as provided under
para. 404. Whereverpractical,thesedimensionsshall
426.1 Standard piping Components conform to those of comparable standard components.
Dimensionalstandardsforpipingcomponentsare
listed in Table 426.1. Also, certain materialspecifica- 426.3 Threads
tions listed in Table 423.1 contain dimensional require- The dimensions of all piping connection threads, not
ments which are requirements of para. 426. Dimensions otherwise covered by a governing component standard
of piping components shall comply with these standards or specification,shallconformto the requirements of
and specifications unless the provisions of para. 426.2 the applicable standards listed in Table 426.1 (see para.
are met. 414.1).
39

T a b 426.1 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
TABLE 426.1
DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS
Pipe
WeldedandSeamless Wrought SteelPipe .............................................................. ASME836.10M

Stainlesssteel Pipe ................................................................................ ASME
836.19M
Line Pipe (Combination of former API Spec. SL. SLS. and5LX) ............................................ API 51
Ultra-High Test
Heat Treated Line Pipe ................................................................ API 51u
Fittings. Valves. and Flanges
Pipe
Flanges
and
Flanged Fittings .................................................................... ASME 816.5
Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings ........................................................ ASME 816.9
Face-to-FaceandEnd-to-EndDimensions of Valves ....................................................... ASME 816.10
Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges - Ring Joint, Spiral.Wound,and Jacketed ................................. ASME 816.20
Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges .............................................................. ASME816.21
Buttwelding Ends .................................................................................. ASME 816.25
Wrought Steel Buttwelding Short RadiusElbowsandReturns ............................................... ASME 816.28
Wellhead Equipment ............................................................................... API 6A

Pipeline Valves, End Closures,
Connectors
and
Swivels .................................................... A P6I0
Steel
Gate
Valves,
Flanged
and Buttwelding Ends ........................................................ API
600
Compact
Carbon
Steel
Gate
Valves .................................................................... API
602
Class
150. Corrosion Resistant
Gate
Valves ............................................................. API
603
Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . MSS 5p-6
Standard Marking System for Valves. Fittings. Flanges and Unions .......................................... MSS 5p-25
Steel Pipe Line Flanges ............................................................................ MSS 5p-44
Pressure Testing of SteelValves ...................................................................... MSS 5p-61
Butterfly Valves ................................................................................... MSS 5p-67
Cast Iron GateValves. Flanged and Threaded Ends ....................................................... MSS 5p-70
Cast Iron Swing CheckValves. FlangedandThreadedEnds ................................................ MSS 5p-71
Specification for High Test Wrought Welding Fittings ..................................................... MSS 5p-75
Cast Iron Plug Valves. Flanged and Threaded Ends ....................................................... MSS 5p-78
Miscellaneous
Unified Inch ScrewThreads (UN and UNR Thread Form) ................................................. ASME81.1
Pipe
Threads.
General
Purpose (Inch) ................................................................. ASME 81.20.1
Dry
Seal PipeThreads (Inch) ........................................................................ ASME 81.20.3
Threading.
Gaging.
and Thread Inspection of Casing.
Tubing. and Line Pipe
Threads ............................ API 58
Pipe
Hangers
and Supports-Selection and Application .................................................... MSS 5p-69
GENERAL NOTE:
Specific editions of standards incorporated in this Code by reference. and the names and addresses of the sponsoring organizations. are shown
in Appendix A. since it is not practical to refer to a specific edition of each standard in Table 426.1 and throughout the Code text . Appendix
A will be revised at intervals as needed. and issued in Addenda to the Code.
40

CHAPTER V
CONSTRUCTION, WELDING, AND ASSEMBLY
434 CONSTRUCTION lines,undergroundstructures,andanyotherproperty

in theproximityoftheblasting.
434.1General (b) In gradingtheright of way,everyeffortshall
bemade to minimize damage to the land and prevent
New construction and replacements of existing sys- abnormal drainage and erosive conditions. The land is
temsshall be in accordance withtherequirementsof to be restoredto as nearlyoriginalcondition as is
this Chapter. Where written specifications are required, practical.
theyshall be in sufficientdetailtoinsurethatthe (c) In constructingpipelinecrossings of railroads,
requirements of this Code shall be met. Such specifica- highways, streams, lakes, rivers, etc., safety precautions
tions shall include specific details on handling of pipe, such as signs, lights, guard rails, etc., shall
he maintained
equipment, materials, welding, and all construction fac- intheinterestofpublicsafety.Thecrossingsshall
torswhich contribute to safety and sound engineering complywiththeapplicablerules,regulations,andre-
practice. It is notintendedhereinthatallconstruction strictions ofregulatorybodieshaving jurisdiction.
items be coveredin full detail,sincethespecification
should be all-inclusive.Whethercoveredspecifically 434.3.3 Survey and Staking or Marking. The route
or not, all construction and materials shallbe in accord- shall be surveyedandstaked,andsuchstaking or
ance with good engineering, safety, and proven pipeline marking should be maintained during construction, ex-
practice. ceptroute of pipelineoffshoreshall be surveyedand
thepipelineshall be properlylocatedwithintheright
434.2Inspection ofwayby maintainingsurveyroutemarkers or by
Theoperatingcompanyshallmakeprovision for surveying during construction.
suitableinspection of pipelineandrelatedfacilities
by qualifiedinspectorstoassurecompliancewiththe 434.4Handling,Hauling,Stringing,andStoring
constructionspecifications.Qualificationofinspection Careshall be exercised in thehandling or storing
personnelandthetypeandextentofinspectionshall of pipe, casing, coating materials, valves, fittings, and
be in accordancewiththerequirementsofpara. 436. othermaterialstopreventdamage. When applicable,
Repairsrequiredduring new constructionshall be in railroadtransportation of pipeshallmeettherequire-
accordance with paras. 434.5, 434.8, and 461.1.2. ments of API RP 5L1.In the event pipe is yard coated
or mill coated,adequateprecautionsshall be takento
434.3 Right of Way preventdamagetothecoatingwhenhauling,lifting,
434.3.1Location. Right of wayshould be selected andplacingontherightofway.Pipeshallnotbe
so as to minimize the possibility of hazard from future allowedtodropandstrikeobjectswhich will distort,
industrial or urbandevelopment or encroachment on dent,flatten,gouge, or notchthepipe or damagethe
theright of way. coating, but shall be lifted or lowered by suitable and
safe equipment.
434.3.2 Construction Requirements. Inconvenience
to the landowner should be a minimumandsafety of 434.5Damage to FabricatedItemsand Pipe
thepublicshall be givenprimeconsideration.
(a) All blasting shallbe in accordance with governing ( a ) Fabricated items such as scraper traps, manifolds,
regulationsandshall beperformedbycompetentand volume chambers, etc., shall be inspected before assem-
qualifiedpersonnel,andperformed so as toprovide bly into the mainline or manifolding and defects shall
adequateprotectiontothegeneralpublic,livestock, be repaired in accordance with provisions of the standard
wildlife,buildings,telephone,telegraph, and
power or specificationapplicabletotheirmanufacture.
41

4345-434.7.2 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
(b) Pipe shall be inspected before coating and before withstandanticipated external loadsand to minimize
assembly into the mainline or manifolding. Distortion, damage to the pipe by external forces.
buckling,denting, flattening,gouging,grooves, or (6) Width and grade of ditch shall provide for low-
notches, and alldefects of this nature, shall be prevented, ering of the pipe into the ditch to minimize damage
repaired, or eliminated as specified herein. to the coating and to facilitate fitting the pipeto the ditch.
( I ) Injurious gouges, grooves, or notches shall be (c) Locationofunderground structures intersecting
removed. These defects may be repaired by theuse the ditch routeshall be determined in advance of
of welding procedures prescribed in API 5L or removed construction activities to prevent damage to such struc-
by grinding, providedthe resulting wallthickness is tures. A minimum clearance of12in.(0.3m) shall
not less than that permitted by the material specification. be providedbetweenthe outside of anyburiedpipe
(2) When conditions outlined in para. 434S(b)(l) or component and theextremityofany other under-
cannot be met,thedamagedportionshall be removed ground structures, except for drainage tilewhichshall
as a cylinder. Insertpatching is notpermitted. Weld- have a minimum clearance of 2 in. (50 mm),and as
on patching, other than complete encirclement, isnot permitted under para. 461.1.1 (c).
permitted in pipelines intendedto operate at a hoop (d) Ditching operations shall followgood pipeline
stress ofmorethan 20%of thespecifiedminimum practiceand consideration ofpublic safety. API RP
yieldstrength ofthepipe. 1102 willprovideadditionalguidance.
( 3 ) Notches or laminations on pipe ends shall not
be repaired. The damagedend shall be removed as a
434.7Bends,Miters,and Elbows
cylinder and the pipeendproperlyrebeveled.
(4) Distorted or flattenedlengthsshall be dis- Changes in direction, including sags or overbends
carded. required to conform to the contour ofthe ditch, may
(5) A dent (as opposed to a scratch, gouge, or be made by bending the pipe or usingmiters,factory
groove) maybedefined as a gross disturbance in the made bends, or elbows. [See limitations in para. 406.2.1
curvature ofthepipewall. A dent containing a stress
concentrator, such as a scratch, gouge, groove, or arc 434.7.1BendsMade From Pipe
bum, shall be removed by cutting outthedamaged ( a ) Bends shall be madefrompipehavingwall
portionof the pipe as a cylinder. thicknesses determined in accordance with para. 404.2.1.
(6) All dents which affect the curvature of the When hot bends are made in pipe which has been cold
pipe at the seam or at any girth weld shall be removed worked in order to meet thespecifiedminimumyield
as in para. 434.5(b)(5).All dents whichexceed a strength, wall thicknesses shall be determined by using
maximum depth of !L4 in. (6 mm) in pipeNPS 4 and thelowerstressvalues i n accordancewithpara.
smaller, or 6%ofthenominal pipe diameter in sizes 402.3.1(d).
greater than NPS 4, shall not be permitted in pipelines (b) Bendsshall be made in such a manner as to
intended to operate at a hoop stress of more than 20% preserve the cross-sectional shape of the pipe, and shall
of the specifiedminimumyield strength of the pipe. be free frombuckling, cracks, or other evidence of
Insert patching, overlay, or pounding out of dents shall mechanical damage. The pipe diameter shall notbe
not be permitted in pipelinesintendedto operate at a reduced at any point by more than 2'/2% of the nominal
hoop stress of more than 20% of the specified minimum diameter, and the completed bend shall pass the specified
yieldstrength ofthepipe. sizing pig.
(7) Buckled pipe shall be replaced as a cylinder. (c) The minimumradius offieldcold bends shall
be as specified in para.406.2.1(b).
198) 434.6 Ditching (d) Tangents approximately 6 ft (2 rn) in length are
(a) Depth of ditch shall be appropriate for the route
preferred onboth ends ofcoldbends.
location, surface useofthe land, terrain features, and
loadsimposed by roadwaysandrailroads. Allburied 434.7.2MiteredBends
pipelines shall be installedbelowthenormallevel of (a) Mitered bends are permitted subject to limitations
cultivation and with a minimum cover not less than that in para.406.2.2.
shown in Table 434.6(a). Where the cover provisions of (b) Care shall be taken in makingmitered joints to
Table 434.6(a) cannot be met,pipemaybeinstalled provide proper spacing and alignment and full penetra-
withless cover if additional protection is provided to tionwelds.
42

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 434.7343483
TABLE 434.6(a) (98)

MINIMUM COVER FOR BURIED PIPELINES
For Normal For Rock
Excavation
Requiring
Excavation,
in. (m) Blasting
Removal
or by
Location [Note (I)] Equivalent
Means,
in. (m)
~~ ~~
Industrial, commercial,
and
residential
areas 36 ( 0 . 9 ) 24 (0.6)
streamand River crossings (1.2) 48 18 (0.45)
Drainage
ditches at roadways and railroads 36 ( 0 . 9 ) 24 (0.6)
other Any area 30 (0.75) 18 (0.45)
NOTE:
(1) Minimun cover for pipelines transporting carbon dioxide, LPG, or liquid anhydrous ammonia shall be:
48 in. (1.2 m) for normal excavation in industrial, commercial, and residential areas, river and stream
crossings,anddrainageditches at roadwaysandrailroads;and 36 in. (0.9 m) for normal excavation
in any other area.
434.7.3FactoryMadeBendsand Elbows gas mixture or flammableliquid.Cuttingandwelding

(a) Factorymadewroughtsteelweldingbendsand shallbeginonlywhensafeconditions are indicated.
factory made elbows may be used subject to limitations
in para. 406.2.3,and transverse segments cut therefrom 434.8.2 Welding Processes and Filler Metal. Weld-
may be used for changes in direction provided the arc ingshall be done by shieldedmetalarcwelding,
distancemeasuredalongthecrotch is atleast2in. submerged arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding, gas
(50 mm)on pipesize NPS 4 andlarger. metalarcwelding, or oxyacetyleneweldingprocess
(b) Iftheinternaldiameterofsuchfittingsdiffers usingamanual,semiautomatic, or automaticwelding
by morethan Vl6 in. (5 mm)fromthatofthepipe, technique or combinationofthesetechniques.Filler
the fitting shallbe treated as indicated in Fig. 434.8.qa)- metal shall comply with the requirements of API 1104.
(2) or use atransitionnipplenotless than one-half
434.8.3WeldingQualifications
pipediameter inlength with acceptable joint designs
as illustrated inFig.434.8.6(a)-(2). (a) Priortoanyweldingcovered by thisCode,a
weldingprocedureshall be establishedandqualified
434.8Welding by testingtodemonstratethatweldshavingsuitable
mechanicalpropertiesandsoundnesscan be continu-
434.8.1General ouslyproduced.Weldingproceduresandeachwelder
(a) Scope. Weldinghereinapplies to thearcand or welding operator shallbe qualified under API1104,or
gasweldingofpipeinbothwroughtand caststeel SectionIXoftheASMEBoilerandPressureVessel
materials as applied in pipelinesandconnectionsto Code, whichever is appropriate for the type of welding
apparatus or equipment.Thisincludesbuttjoints in to be performed. The qualified welding procedure shall
the installationof pipe, valves, flanges, fittings, and other specifythepreheatingandinterpasstemperature,and
equipment, and fillet welded joints in pipe branches, slip- postweld heat treatment followed when materials, weld-
on flanges,etc.Itdoesnotapplytotheweldingof ing consumables, mechanical restraints,or weather con-
longitudinal or spiral joints in the manufacture of pipe, ditions make any or all of them necessary. The welding
fittings, and valves, or to pressure vessels or assemblies procedure shallbe adhered to during welding performed
manufactured in accordance with the ASME Boiler and underthisCode.
PressureVesselCode,SectionVIII,Division 1 or 2. (6) API1104andSection IX of the ASME Boiler
(6) Welding Terms. Definitions pertaining to welding andPressureVesselCodecontainsectionsentitled
as used in this Code conformto the standard definitions “Essential Variables” applicable to welding procedures
established by the American Welding Society and con- and alsotowelders.Theseshall be followedexcept
tainedinANSVAWSA3.0andAPI1104. thatforthepurposesofthisCode,allcarbonsteels
(e) Safe Practices in Cutting and Welding. Prior to which have a carbon content not exceeding 0.32% (heat
cuttingandweldinginareas in which thepossible analysis)andacarbonequivalent (C + Mn)not v4
leakage or presence of vapor or flammable liquid consti- exceeding 0.65% (heat analysis) are considered to come
tutesahazard of fire or explosion,athoroughcheck withinthelimitsofmaterialslisted as P1, in Section
shall be made to determine the presence of a combustibleVIII,Division 1 or 2, or Section JX. Alloysteels
43

434.8.3-434.8.6 ASME B31.4-1998E d i t h
havingweldability characteristics demonstrated to be stress of morethan 20% of the specified minimum

similar to these carbonsteels shall be welded, preheated, yield strength of the pipe, certain girth welds shall be
and postweld heat treated as prescribed for such carbon inspected. A minimum of 10% of the welds completed
steels. eachdayshall be randomly selected by the operating
Other alloy steels shall be welded, preheated, and company and inspected. The inspection shall be by
given a postweld heat treatmentas prescribed in Section radiographic or other accepted nondestructive methods
VIII, Division 1 or 2, unless it canbedemonstrated (visual inspection excepted). Each weld inspected shall
by procedure qualification,andhardnesstestingper be inspectedcompletelyaround its circumference. In
NACEMR-01-75 when applicable, thatpreheat or thefollowing locations or conditions, all girthwelds
postweldheattreatment, or both, are notnecessary. in the pipeshall be completelyinspected. If some of
(c) Welderrequalificationtestsshall be required if the girthwelds are inaccessible, a minimum of 90%
there is some specificreason to question a welder’s of the welds are to be inspected.
ability or the welder is not engaged in a given process (a) withinpopulated areas such as residential
of welding (i.e., arc or gas) for a period of 6 months subdivisions, shopping centers, and designated commer-
or more. cial andindustrial areas;
(d) Qualification Records. The weldingprocedure (6) river, lake, and stream crossings within the
followed during the qualifying testsshallberecorded area subjecttofrequent inundation; and river, lake,
in detail. Records of the tests that establish the qualifica- andstream crossings on bridges;
tion of a weldingprocedure shall be retained as long (c) railroad or publichighway rights ofway,
as thatprocedure is in use. A recordofthewelders including tunnels,bridges, and overhead railroad and
qualified, showing the date and results of thetests, road crossings;
shall be retained during the construction involved and (d) inland coastal waters;
for 6 monthsthereafter. (e) old girth welds inused pipe;
(e) The operatingcompanyshall be responsible for fl tie-ingirthweldsnot hydrostatically tested
qualifications of proceduresandwelders. in accordancewith para, 437.4.1.
(6) Standards of Acceptability. Standards of accept-
434.8.4WeldingStandards. Allthewelding done ability for inadequate penetration andincomplete fusion,
under this Code shall be performed under a specification burn-through, slag inclusions, porosity or gas pockets,
which embodies theminimum requirements of this cracks, accumulation of discontinuities, and undercutting
Code andshall encompass the requirements ofAPI as set forth under “Standards of Acceptability - Non-
1104 except as provided in paras.434.8.3(a)and (b). destructive Testing” in API 1104 are applicable to the
determinationofthesize and typeof discontinuities
434.8.5WeldingQuality
located by visual inspection, radiography, or other
(a) Inspection Methods
nondestructivemethods. These standards shall not be
( I ) The qualityofweldingshall be checked by
used to determine the quality ofweldswhichare
nondestructivemethods or by removingcompleted
subjectedto destructive testing.
welds as selectedand designated by the inspector for
destructive testing. 434.8.6Types of Welds, JointDesigns,and
(2) Nondestructiveinspectionshall consist ofra- Transition Nipples
diographic examination or other acceptable nondestruc- ( a ) Butt Welds. Buttwelded joints may be of the
tive methods. The method used shall produce indications single vee, double vee, or other suitable type of groove.
of potential defects which can be accurately interpreted Joint designs shown in Fig. 434.8.6(a)-(l) or applicable
and evaluated. Radiographic examination, when em- combinations ofthese joint design details are recom-
ployed, shall meetthe requirements under “Radio- mended for ends of equalthickness. The transition
graphic Procedure” in API1104. The welds shall be between ends of unequal thicknessmay be accomplished
evaluated onthebasisofpara.434.8.5(b). by taper or welding as shown in Fig. 434.8.6(a)-(2),
(3) To be acceptable, completed welds which have or by meansof a prefabricatedtransitionnipple not
beenremovedfor destructive examination shall meet less than one-half pipe diameter in length with accept-
the requirements of API 1104 for Welder Qualification able joint designs as illustrated in Fig. 434.8.6(a)-(2).
by Destructive Testing. Trepanning methods of testing (b) Fillet Welds. Fillet welds may be concave to
shall not be used. slightly convex. The size of a filletweld is stated as
(4) When the pipeline is to be operated at a hoop a leglength ofthelargestinscribedrightisosceles
44

ASME B31.4-1998 E d i t h 434.8.&l34.8.7
1/16 in. t 1/32 in. (1.5 mm t 0.75 mm)

1/16 in. f 1/32 in. (1.5 mm f 0.75 mm)
37-1/2 dw.
f 2-112 deg.
7/0 in.
mm) n u x .
T
t-
1/16 in f 1/32 in. (1.5 mm i 0.75 mml
(e) Suggostod End Propamtion,

Pip. and Fitting. Over
7/8 in. (22 mm) Thickness
Stondud End Proparatiom
0
u
l0deg. f 1 deg.
(f)
Acaptabk Combinations of Pipe End Prepantiom
FIG. 434.8.6(a)-(l) ACCEPTABLE BUTT WELDED JOINT DESIGN FOR EQUAL WALL THICKNESSES
triangle as showninFig. 434.8.qb) coveringrecom- grinding,swabthegroundareawitha 20% solution

mended attachment details of flanges. of ammonium persulfate. A blackened spot is evidence
(c) Tack We/&. Tackweldingshall be done by of ametallurgicalnotchandindicatesthatadditional
qualifiedwelders,thesame as allotherwelds. grindingisnecessary. Iftheresultingwallthickness
after grinding is less than that permitted by the material
434.8.7 Removal or Repair of Defects specification,theportion of pipecontainingthe arc
(a) Arc Burns. Arcbumscancauseseriousstress burnshallberemoved as acylinder.Insertpatching
concentrations in pipelinesandshallbeprevented or isprohibited.
eliminated. The metallurgical notch causedby arc bums
shall be removed by grinding,providedthegrinding (b) Weld Defects. Authorization for repair of welds,
does not reduce the remaining wall thickness to less than removal and repair of weld defects, and testing of weld
the minimum permitted by the material specifications. repairsshall be in accordancewith API 1104.
Completeremoval of themetallurgicalnotchcreated (c) Pipe Defects. Laminations, split ends, or other
by an arc burncanbedetermined as follows.After defects inthepipeshall be repaired or removedin
visible evidence of the arc bum has been removed by accordancewithpara. 434.5(b).
45

434.8.lw34.8.9 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
+
30
30 deg.mex. to 14 deg. min. (1 :4)
30 deg. max. to 14 deg.min. ( .
30 dag. max. to 14 deg.min. (1:

30
30 deg. mex. to
Notes to follow on next page.
434.8.8Preheating and Interpass Temperature the use of temperature indicating crayons, thermocouple
(a) Carbon steels having a specified carbon content pyrometers, or other suitable method to assure that the
in excess of 0.32% (heat analysis)or a carbon equivalent
v4
required temperature is obtained prior to and maintained
(C + Mn) in excess of0.65%(heatanalysis)shall duringtheweldingoperation.
be preheated.Preheatingmay also berequiredfor
steels having lower carbon or carbon equivalent when 434.8.9 Stress Relieving
conditions exist that either limit the welding technique (a) Welds shall be stress relieved when the effective
that can be used, or tend to adversely affect the quality weldthroat[seeFig.434.8.6(a)-(2)]exceeds 1v4 in.
of the weld. Interpass temperature control may also be (32mm),unless itcan be demonstratedbywelding
required. procedurequalificationtests,usingmaterialswith an
(b) When welding dissimilar materials having differ- effective weld throat that is equal to or greater than the
ent preheating requirements, the material requiring the production weld, that stress relieving is not necessary.
higherpreheatshallgovern. Welds in carbonsteelswitheffectiveweldthroat
(c) Preheating may be accomplished by any suitable above 1v4 in. (32 mm)uptoandincluding v'
1 in.
method, provided that itis uniform and that the tempera- (38 nun) may be exemptedfromstressrelieving if a
ture does not fall below the prescribed minimum during minimumpreheatingtemperatureof200°F(93°C) is
theactualweldingoperations. used.Stressrelieving mayberequiredforthinner
(d) The preheating temperature shall becheckedby effective weld throats when materials, welding consum-
46

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 434.8.9-434.11
FIG. 434.8.6(a)-(2) (CONT’D)

NOTES:
(11 No minimum when materials joined have equal yield strength Csee General Note (f)l.
(2) Maximum thickness tDfor design purposes shall not be greater than 1.5t.
GENERAL NOTES:
(a) The sketches in Fig. 434.8.6(a)-(2) illustrate acceptable preparations for joining pipe ends having unequal wall thicknesses and/or materials
of unequal specified minimum yield strength by butt welding.
(b) The wall thickness of the pipes to be joined, beyond the joint design area, shall comply with the design requirements of this Code.
(c) When the specified minimum yield strengths of the pipes to be joined are unequal, the deposited weld metal shall have mechanical properties
at least equal to those of the pipe having the higher strength.
(dl The transition between ends of unequal thickness may be accomplished by taper or welding as illustrated or by means of a prefabricated
transition nipple not less than one-half pipe diameter in length.
(e) Sharp notches or grooves at the edge of the weld where it joins a slanted surface shall be avoided.
(f) For joining pipes of unequal wall thicknesses and equal specified minimum yield strengths, the rules given herein apply, except there is no
minimum angle limit to the taper.
(g) The effective weld throat tw shall be used for determining postweld heat treatment requirements.
INTERNAL DIAMETERS UNEQUAL:

(1) I f the nominal wall thicknesses of the adjoining pipe ends do not vary more than 3/32 in. (2.5 mml, no special treatment is necessary provided
full penetration and bond is accomplished in welding. See sketch (a).
(2) Where the nominal internal offset is more than y3, in. ( 2 . 5 mm) and there is no access to the inside of the pipe for welding, the transition
shall be made by a taper cut on the inside end of the thicker pipe. See sketch (b). The taper angle shall not be steeper than 30 deg. nor less
that 14 deg.
(3) For hoop stresses of more than 20% of the specified minimum yield strength of the pipe, where the nominal internal offset is more than
?j2 in. (2.5 mm), but does not exceed one-half the wall thickness of the thinner pipe, and there is access to the inside of the pipe for welding,
the transition may bemade wih a tapered weld. See sketch (c). The land on the thicker pipe shall be equal t o the offset plus the land on
abutting pipe.
(4) Where the nominal internal offset is more than one-half the wall thickness of the thinner pipe, and there is access to the inside of the pipe
for welding, the transition may be made with a taper cut on the inside end of the thicker pipe [see sketch (b)l, or by a combination taper
weld to one-half the wall thickness of the thinner pipe and a taper cut from that point Csee sketch (d)l.
EXTERNAL DIAMETERS UNEQUAL:

(5) Where the external offset does not exceed one-half the wall thickness of the thinner pipe, the transition may be made by welding [see sketch
(ell, provided the angle of rise of the weld surface does not exceed 30 deg. and both bevel edges are properly fused.
(6) Where there is an external offset exceeding one-half the wall thickness of the thinner pipe, that portion of the offset over one-half the wall
thickness of the thinner pipe shall be tapered. See sketch (f).
INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL DIAMETERS UNEQUAL:

(7)Where there is both an internal and an external offset, the joint design shall be a combination of sketches (a) to (f). See sketch (g). Particular
attention shall be paid t o proper alignment under these conditions.
ables, weld process,transported liquids, or temperature 434.10Installation of Pipe in the Ditch

make it necessary.
It is veryimportant that stresses inducedinto the
The thickness to beused to determine the stress pipeline by construction be minimized. The pipe shall
relieving requirements of branch connections or slip- fit the ditch without the use of external force tohold
on flanges shall be the thickness of the pipe or header. it in place untilthebackfilliscompleted.Whenthe
(6) In weldsbetween dissimilar materials, if either pipeislowered into the ditch, care shall be exercised
material requires stress relieving, the joint shall require so as not to imposeundue stress in thepipe. Slack
stress relieving. loops may be used where laying conditions render their
use advisable.
434.9Tie-In
434.11Backfilling
Gaps left in the continuous line construction at such
points as river, canal, highway, or railroad crossings Backfilling shall be performed in a manner to provide
require special consideration for alignment and welding. firm support of thepipe.When there are large rocks
Sufficient equipment shall be available and care exer- in thebackfill material, care shall be exercised to
cised not to force or strain the pipe to proper alignment. prevent damage to the pipe and coating by such means
47

434.11-434.13
ASME B31.4-199% Edition
0.707 t
112 in. (13 mm) max. - (or t if preferred)
Front and back weld Front and back weld
(3)Slipon Welding Flange IS)Slipon Welding F l a w
Theoretical
throat
H
Size of weld {
( 5 )Convex Fillet Weld (6) Conuve Filkt Weld
FIG. 434.8.6(b) RECOMMENDEDATTACHMENTDETAILS OF FLANGES
as the use of a rock shield material, or by making the 434.13 Special Crossings
initial fill with a rock-free material sufficient to prevent Water,railroad,andhighway crossings require spe-
rock damage.Wheretheditchisflooded, care shall cific considerations notreadilycovered in a general
be exercised so thatthepipeisnotfloatedfromthe statement, since allinvolve variations in basicdesign.
bottom of the ditchprior to backfillcompletion. The pipelinecompanyshallobtainrequiredpermits
forsuchcrossings. The design shall employsound
434.12 Restoration of Right of Way and Cleanup engineering and good pipeline practice with minimum
These operations shall follow goodconstruction prac- hazard to the facilityand due consideration ofpublic
tices and considerations ofprivate and public safety. safety. Construction shall be so organized as to result
48

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 434.13434.15.1
in minimal interference with traffic or the activities of and installationofhangers, and special protection to
adjacentpropertyowners.Adequate efforts shallbe prevent damage by the elements or bridge and approach
made to determine thelocation of buriedpipelines, traffic shall be considered. Any agreed upon restrictions
utility lines,and other underground structures along or precautions shall be contained in the detailed specifi-
and crossing theproposed right ofway. The owners cations. Inspectors shall assure themselves that these
of any affected structures shall be given adequate prior requirements aremet.
notice of the proposed construction so that the owner
may make operational preparations and provide a repre- 434.13.4
Railroad
and
Highway
Crossings (98)
sentative atthe crossing. (a) The safety of the general public and the preven-
tion of damage to the pipeline by reason of its location
434.13.1 Water Crossings. Crossings of rivers, areprimary considerations. The great variety of such
streams, lakes, and inlandbodies of water are individual crossings precludes standard design. The construction
problems, and the designer shall investigate composition specifications shall cover the procedure for such cross-
ofbottom,variation in banks, velocity of water, ings, baseduponthe requirements of thespecific lo-
scouring,and special seasonalproblems. The designer cation.
shall determine whetherthe crossing is to be underwater, (6) Installation of uncased canier pipe is preferred.
overhead on a suspension bridge, or supportedon an Installation of carrier pipe, or casing if used, shall be
adjacent bridge. Continuity of operation and the safety in accordance with API RP 1102. As specified in para.
ofthegeneralpublic shall be the controlling factors 461.1.2(f), if casing isused,coated carrier pipe shall
bothindesignandin construction. Whererequired, be independentlysupported outside each endof the
detailed plans and specificationsshall be prepared taking casing andinsulatedfromthe casing throughout the
into account theseandany special considerations or cased section, and casing ends shallbe sealed using
limitationsimposed by the regulatory bodyinvolved. a durable, electrically nonconductive material.
(a) UnderwaterConstruction. Plansandspecifica- (c) The effective stress due to internal pressure and
tionsshall describe thepositionof the line,showing external loads (including both live and dead loads) in
relationship of the pipeline to the naturalbottom and pipe installed under railroads or highways without use
the depth below mean low water level when applicable. of casing shall not exceed 0.90SMYS (specified mini-
To meet the conditions set out in para. 434.13.1, heavier mumyield strength). Also, cyclic stress components
wallpipemay bespecified.Approachandposition of shall be checked for fatigue failure.
theline in thebanks is important, as istheposition
ofthe line across thebottom. Special consideration 434.14
Inland Coastal Water
Construction (98)
shall be givento depth of cover andothermeans
of protecting the pipeline inthesurfzone. Special Plansand specifications shall describe alignment of
considerationshall be given to protective coatingand the pipeline, depth below mean water level, and depth
theuseof concrete jacketing or theapplication of below bottom if ditched. Special consideration shall be
riverweights. Complete inspection shall be provided. given to depth of cover and other means of protecting
Precautions shall be taken during construction to limit the pipeline in the surfzone. Consideration shall be
stress belowthelevelthatwouldproducebuckling given to useofweight coating(s), anchors, or other
or collapse due to out-of-roundness of the completed means of maintaining position of the pipe under antici-
pipeline. pated conditions of buoyance and water motion. Com-
plete construction inspection shall be provided. Precau-
434.13.2 Overhead Structures. Overhead structures tions shallbetaken during construction to limit stress
used to suspend pipelines shall be designed andcon- below the level that would produce buckling or collapse
structed onthe basis of sound engineering and within due to out-of-roundness of thecompleted pipeline.
the restrictions or regulations of thegoverning body
having jurisdiction. Detailed plans andspecifications 434.15 Block andIsolatingValves
shall be prepared where required and adequate inspec-
General 434.15.1 (98)
tion shall be provided to assure complete adherence
(a) Blockand isolating valves shall beinstalled for
thereto.
limiting hazard and damage from accidental discharge
434.13.3 Bridge Attachments. Special requirements andfor facilitating maintenance of thepiping system.
are involved in thistype of crossing. Theuse of (b) Valves shall be at accessible locations, protected
higherstrength lightweight steel pipe, properdesign from damage or tampering, andsuitably supported to
49

434.15.1434.20.1 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
prevent differential settlement or movementofthe tothemain line, they shall be made in accordance
attached piping. Where an operating device to open or with para. 404.3.1. When such connections or additions
close thevalve is provided, it shall be protectedand are made to coated lines, all damaged coating shall be
accessible only to authorizedpersons. removedandreplacedwith new coating material in
(c) Submerged valves on pipelines shall be marked accordance with para.461.1.2(h). This protective coating
or spotted by survey techniques to facilitate quick should include the attachments.
location when operationis required.
434.17 Scraper Traps
434.15.2MainlineValves
(a) Mainline blockvalves shall be installed onthe 434.17.1 Scraper traps are to be installed as deemed
upstream side of major river crossings and public water necessary for good operations. All pipe, valves, fittings,
supplyreservoirs. Either ablock or check valve shall closures, and appurtenances shallcomplywithappro-
be installed onthedownstream side of majorriver priate sections of thisCode.
crossings andpublicwatersupply reservoirs. 434.17.2 Scraper traps on mainline terminations and
(6) A mainlineblockvalve shall be installed at tied into connectionpiping or manifolding shall be
mainlinepump stations, andablock or check valve anchored below ground with adequate concrete anchors
(where applicable to minimize pipeline backflow) shall when required and suitably supported above ground to
be installed at other locations appropriate for the terrain prevent transmission of line stresses due to expansion
features. In industrial, commercial, and residential areas andcontraction to connecting facilities.
whereconstructionactivitiesposea particular risk of
external damage to the pipeline, provisions shall be 434.17.3 Scraper trap and its components shall be
made for the appropriate spacing and location of main- assembled in accordance with para. 435, andpressure
line valves consistent withthe type ofliquidsbeing testedtothe same limits as the mainline. See para.
transported. 437.4.
(c) A remotelyoperated mainline blockvalve shall
Markers pipelineLine
be provided at remotely controlled facilities 434.18 (98)
to isolate segmentsofthe pipeline. Adequate pipeline location markers indicating caution
(d) On pipingsystems transporting LPG or liquid for the protection of thepipeline, the public, and persons
anhydrous ammonia,checkvalves shall be installed performingwork in the area shall be installedover
where applicable with each block valveto provide each line on each side of road, highway, railroad, and
automatic blockage of reverse flow in the piping system. streamcrossings. Markers in accordance withrequire-
(e) In order tofacilitate operational control, limit ments of regulatory agencies shall be installed on each
the duration ofan outage, and to expedite repairs, side of navigable stream crossings. API RP 1109 shall
mainlineblockvalvesshall be installed at 7.5 mile be used forguidance.
(12 km) maximumspacingonpiping systems trans-
porting LPG or liquid anhydrous ammonia in industrial, 434.19CorrosionControl
commercial, andresidential areas.
Protectionof ferrous pipe. andcomponentsfrom
434.15.3 Pump Station, Tank Farm, and Terminal external and internalcorrosion shall be as prescribed
valves in Chapter VIII.
(a) Valves shall be installed on the suction and
discharge of pump stations wherebythepump station 434.20PumpStation,TankFarm, and Terminal
can be isolatedfromthe pipeline. Construction
(b) Valvesshall be installed on lines entering or
434.20.1General. All construction work performed
leaving tank farms or terminals at convenient locations
on pump stations, tank farms, terminals, equipment
wherebythetank farm or terminal may be isolated
installations, piping,andallied facilities shall be done
from other facilities such as thepipeline, manifolds,
under construction specifications. Such specifications
orpump stations.
shall cover all phases of the work under contract and
shall be in sufficient detail to insure that the requirements
434.16Connections to MainLines
ofthisCode shall be met.Such specifications shall
Where connections to themainlinesuch as branch includespecific details on soil conditions, foundations
lines, jump-overs, relief valves, air vents, etc., are made and concrete work, steel fabrication and building erec-
50

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 434.20.1434.212
tion, piping, welding, equipment and materials, and all 434.20.6 Controls and Protective Equipment.Pres-
constructionfactorscontributingtosafetyandsound sure controls and protective equipment, including pres-
engineering practice. sure limiting devices, regulators, controllers, relief
valves,andothersafetydevices, as shownonthe
434.20.2 Location. Pumpstations, tank farms,and drawings or requiredbythespecifications,shall be
terminalsshould be locatedonthepipeline'sfee or installed by competent and skilled workmen. Installation
leased property in order to be assured that proper safety shall be accomplished with careful handling and mini-
precautions may be applied.Thepumpstation, tank mum exposure of instruments and devices to inclement
farm, or terminal shall be located at such clear distances weatherconditions,dust, or dirttopreventdamage.
from adjacent properties not under control of the com- Also, piping, conduits, or mounting brackets shall not
pany as tominimizethecommunicationoffirefrom cause the instruments or devices to be distorted or in
structures on adjacent properties. Similar consideration anystrain.Instrumentsanddevicesshall be installed
shall be giventoitsrelativelocationfromthestation so that they can be checked without undue interruptions
manifolds,tankage,maintenancefacilities,personnel in operations. After installation, controls and protective
housing, etc. Sufficient open space shall be left around equipment shall be tested under conditions approximat-
the building and manifolds to provide access for mainte- ing actual operations to assure their proper functioning.
nance equipment and fire fighting equipment. The sta-
tion, tank farm, or terminalshall be fencedinsuch a 434.20.7 FireProtection. Fireprotection whenpro- (98)
manner as tominimizetrespass,androadwaysand vided shall be in accordance with recommendations in
gatesshould be locatedtogivereadyaccessto or IWPA 30. If the system installed requires the services
egressfromthefacilities. offirepumps,theirmotivepowershall be separate
from the station power so that their operation shall not
434.20.3 BuildingInstallation. Buildingsshall be
be affected byemergencyshutdownfacilities.
located and constructed to comply with detailed plans
andspecifications.Theexcavationforandinstallation
434.21 StorageandWorkingTankage
offoundationsanderectionofthebuildingshall be
done by craftsmenfamiliarwiththerespectivephase 434.21.1 General. Allconstructionworkperformed
of the work, and all work shall be done in a safe and on storage and working tankage and allied equipment,
workmanlikemanner.Inspectionshall be providedto piping,andfacilitiesshall be doneunderconstruction
assure that the requirements of the plans and specifica- specifications. Such specifications shall cover all phases
tionsaremet. of theworkundercontract,andshall be in sufficient
detail to insure that the requirements of the Code shall
434.20.4 Pumping Equipment and Prime Movers.
be met. Such specifications shall include specific details
Installation ofpumpingequipmentandprimemovers
on soil conditions, foundations and concrete work, tank
shall be covered by detailedplansandspecifications
fabricationanderection,piping,welding,equipment
whichhavetakenintoaccountthevariablesinherent
and materials, dikes, and all construction factors contrib-
in local soil conditions, utilization, and arrangement of
utingtosafetyandsoundengineeringpractice.
the equipment to provide the optimumin operating ease
and maintenance access. Machinery shall be handled and
434.21.2 Location 1981
mounted in accordance with recognized good millwright
practiceand be providedwithsuchprotectivecovers (a) Tankageshall be locatedonthepipeline'sfee
as to prevent damage during construction. Recommenda- or leased property in order to assure that proper safety
tions of installation details provided by manufacturers precautions may be applied.Tankfacilitiesshall be
forauxiliarypiping,setting,andaligningshall be located at such clear distances from adjacent properties
considered as minimumrequirements. notundercontrolofthecompanyas tominimize
the communication of fire from structures on adjacent
434.20.5 Pump Station, Tank Farm, and Terminal properties. Similar consideration shall be given to rela-
Piping. Allpiping,includingbutnotlimitedtomain tive locations between station manifolds, pumping
unit interconnections,manifolds,scrapertraps,etc., equipment,maintenancefacilities,personnelhousing,
whichcan be subject to the mainline pressure shall be etc.Sufficientopenspaceshall be leftaroundthe
constructed in accordancewiththeweldingstandards tankagefacilitiesandassociatedequipmenttoprovide
(see para. 434.8), corrosioncontrolrequirements (see accessformaintenanceandfirefightingequipment.
Chapter VIII), and other practices of this Code. Thetankageareashall be fenced so as tominimize
51

43431.2434242 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
trespass, and roadways and gates should be located to Installationsshall be madein accordancewithNFPA
givereadyingresstoand egressfromthefacilities. 70 and A P I RP 5OOC.
(6) Spacing of tankageshallbegovernedbythe
requirements ofNFPA 30. 434.22.2 Care and Handling of Materials. All elec-
tricalequipmentandinstruments shall be carefully
(98) 434.21.3 Tanks and Pipe-Type Storage handledandproperlystored or enclosed to prevent
(a) Tanksforstorage or handlingcrudeoiland damage, deterioration,or contamination during construc-
liquidpetroleumproductsandliquidalcoholshaving tion.Packagedcomponentsarenottobeexposed
vaporpressuresapproximatingatmosphericshall be untilinstallation.Equipmentsusceptibletodamage or
constructed in accordance with API 650, API 12B, API deterioration by exposure tohumidityshall be ade-
12D, API 12F, or designed and constructed in accord- quatelyprotected byusing appropriatemeanssuch as
ance with acceptedgoodengineeringpractices. plastic film enclosures,desiccants,orelectricheating.
(b) Tanksforstorage or handlingliquidpetroleum
products and liquid alcohols having vapor gage pressures 434.22.3 Installation. Theinstallation of electrical
of 0.5 psi (0.035 bar) but not exceeding 15 psi (1 bar) materials shall be made by qualified personnel familiar
shall be constructed in accordance with API 620. with details of electrical aspects and code requirements
(c) Tanks used for storageor handling liquids having for such installation. At all times care shall be exercised
vaporgagepressuresgreater than 15 psi (1 bar)shall to prevent damage to the insulation of cable and wiring.
be designedandconstructed in accordance with the All partial installations shall be protected from damage
design of accredited tank builders and theASME Boiler during construction. The installation design and specifi-
andPressureVesselCode,Section VIII, Division 1 or cationsshallgiveconsideration totheneedfordust-
Division2. and/or moisture-proof enclosures for such special gear
(d) Buriedpipe-typeholdersusedforstorageand as relays,smallswitches,andelectroniccomponents.
handlingliquidpetroleum,liquidalcohols, or liquid In no case shall the frames of electric motors or other
anhydrous ammonia shall be designed and constructed groundedelectricalequipment be used as theground
in accordance with therequirementsofthisCodefor connectionforelectricalwelding.
pipeandpipingcomponents.
434.21.4 Foundations. Tank foundations shall be 434-23 Liquid
Metering
constructed in accordance with plans and specifications 434.23.1 Positivedisplacementmeters,turbine me-
which shall take into account local soil conditions, type ters,orequivalentliquidmeasuringdevicesandtheir
oftank,usage,andgenerallocation. provingfacilitiesshall be designed and installed in
(98) 434.21.5 Dikes or Firewdls. Theprotection ofthe accordance with the API Manual of Petroleum Measure-
pipeline's station, tank farm, terminal,or other facilities mentStandards.
fromdamage by firefromadjacentfacilities, as well
as the protection of the general public, may dictate the 434.23.2 Provisions shall bemade to permit access
needof dikes or firewalls around tankage or between to thesefacilities by authorizedpersonnelonly.
tankage and station or terminal. Tank dikes or firewalls,
where required, shallbe constructed to meet the capacity 434.23.3 Assembly of themeteringfacilitycompo-
requirementssetout in NFTA 30. nentsshall be in accordance with para. 435.
434.22 Electrical
Installations 434.24 Strainers
Liquid and Filters
(981 434.22.1 General. Electrical installationsfor
light- 434.24.1 Strainers and filtersshall be designedto
ing,power,andcontrolshallbecovered by detailed the same pressure limitations and subjectedto the same
plansandspecifications,andinstallationsshall be in testpressures as thepipingsystem in whichtheyare
accordance with codesapplicabletothespecifictype installed, and supported in such a manner as to prevent
of circuitryandclassification of areasforelectrical undueloading totheconnectingpipingsystem.
installation. Inspection shall
be provided and all circuitry
shall be testedbeforeoperationtoassure,thatthe 434.24.2 Installationanddesignshallprovide for
installation was made in workmanlike manner to provide ease of maintenance and servicing without interference
forthecontinuingsafetyofpersonnelandequipment. with thestationoperation.
52

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 434.24343512
434.24.3 Thefilteringmediumshouldbeofsuch 435.3.5 Boltingshallbeinaccordance with para.

retentionsizeandcapacity as to fully protectthe 435.2.
facilitiesagainsttheintrusionofharmfulforeignsub-
stances. 435.4 Manifolds
434.24.4 Assemblyofstrainers or filtersandtheir 435.4.1 All components within a manifold assembly,
componentsshall be in accordancewithpara.435. including valves, flanges, fittings, headers, and special
assemblies, shall withstand the operating pressures and
specifiedloadingsforthespecificservicepipingto
whichit isconnected.
435 ASSEMBLY OF PIPINGCOMPONENTS
435.4.2 Meter banks, prover loops, and scraper traps
435.1 General shall be subject to the same assembly requirements as
manifolds.
Theassemblyofthevariouspipingcomponents,
whetherdone in ashop or as afielderection,shall 435.4.3 Manifold headers with multiple outlets shall
be done so that the completely erected piping conforms haveoutletsdesigned as covered inparas.404.3.1(b)
with the requirements of this Code and with the specific and 404.3.1(e) and illustrated in Figs. 404.3.1(b)(3) and
requirements of the engineering design. 404.3.1(d)(2), respectively. Assembly may be with the
use of jigs to assure alignment of outlets and flanges
435.2 BoltingProcedure withothercomponents.Thefabricatedunitshallbe
stressrelievedbeforeremovalfromthe jig.
435.2.1 All flanged joints shall befittedup so that
the gasket contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket, 435.4.4 Manifoldheadersassembledfromwrought
andmadeupwithuniformbolt stress. tees, fittings, and flanges may be assembled with jigs
toassurealignment of components.Stressrelieving
435.22 In bolting gasketed flanged joints, the gasket
shouldbeconsidered.
shallbeproperlycompressedinaccordancewith the
design principles applicable to the type of gasket used. 435.4.5 All welding on manifolds and headers shall
conformtopara.434.8.
435.2.3 Allbolts or studsshallextendcompletely
throughtheirnuts. 435.4.6 Finalassembly of
all
components shall
minimize locked-in stresses. The entire assembly shall
4353 Pumping Unit Piping be adequately supported to provide minimum unbalance
andvibration.
435.3.1 Pipingtomainpumpingunitsshall be so
designedandsupportedthatwhenassembledtothe
435.5 Auxiliary Liquid Petroleum, Carbon Dioxide,
pumpflangesandvalvesitshouldberelativelyfree
LiquidAnhydrousAmmonia, or Liquid
of stress and should not add stress or load to the pump
AlcoholPiping
frame.
4355.1 All auxiliarypipingbetweenmainunits
435.3.2 Thedesignandassemblyshalltakeinto
and auxiliary components shallbe assembled in a work-
accounttheforces of expansionandcontractionto
manlikemannerand in accordancewiththeapplica-
minimizetheireffect within theassembly.
ble code.
435.3.3 All valvesandfittingsonpumpingunits
435.5.2 All welded auxiliary lines shallbe assembled
shallcarrythesamepressureratings as requiredfor
in accordance with the requirements of this Code with
lienoperatingpressures.
special provisions as required for assembly to minimize
435.3.4 Weldingshall be in accordance with para. locked-instress,andforadequatesupport or restraint
434.8oftheCode. tominimizevibration.
53

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 4364365.1
CHAPTER VI
INSPECTION AND TESTING
436INSPECTION ( I ) Visual inspection for detection of surface de-

fects in thepipeshallbeprovidedforeach job just
436.1General ahead of any coating operation and during the lowering-
inandbackfilloperation.
Construction inspection provisions for pipelines and
(2) The pipe swabbing operation shall be inspected
related facilities shall be adequate to assure compliance
forthoroughnesstoprovideacleansurfaceinside
with the material, construction, welding, assembly, and
thepipe.
testing requirements of this Code.
(3) Beforewelding,thepipeshallbeexamined
for damage-free bevels and proper alignment of thejoint.
436.2 Qualification of Inspectors
(4) Thestringerbeadshallbeinspected,particu-
Inspectionpersonnelshall bequalifiedbytraining larlyforcracks,beforesubsequentbeadsareapplied.
andexperience.Suchpersonnelshall be capable of (5) Thecompletedweldshallbecleanedand
performingthefollowinginspectionservices: inspected prior to coating operations, and irregularities
rightofway and grading; thatcouldprotrudethroughthepipecoatingshall be
ditching; removed.
lineupandpipesurfaceinspection; (6) Whenthepipeis coated,inspectionshallbe
welding; made to determine that the coating machine does not
coating; causeharmfulgouges or grooves inthepipesurface.
tie-inandlowering; -- (7) Lacerationsofthepipecoatingshallbein-
spectedpriortorepair of coating to see ifthepipe
backfillingandcleanup;
pressuretesting; surface has been damaged. Damaged coating and pipe
specialservicesfortestingandinspection of shall be repaired before the pipeis lowered in the ditch.
facilities,such as stationconstruction,rivercrossings, (8) All repairs, changes, or replacements shall be
electricalinstallation,radiography,corrosioncontrol, inspectedbeforetheyarecoveredup.
etc.. as maybe required. (9) The condition of the ditch shall be inspected
before the pipe is lowered in to assure proper protection
436.5 Type andExtent of Examination Required of pipeandcoating. For underwatercrossingsthe
condition of the ditch and fit of the pipe to the ditch
(98) 436.5.1 visual shallbeinspectedwhenfeasible.
(a) Material (IO) The fit of the pipe to ditch shall be inspected
(1) Allpipingcomponentsshallbevisuallyin- beforethebackfillingoperations.
spectedtoinsurethat no mechanicaldamagehas oc- (If) Thebackfillingoperationsshallbeinspected
curredduringshipmentandhandlingprior tobeing forqualityandcompaction of backfill,placementof
connectedintothepipingsystem. material for the control of erosion, and possible damage
(2) All pipe shall be visually inspected to discover to thepipecoatings.
anydefects as described inparas. 434.5 and 434.8.7. (12) Cased crossings shall beinspectedduringin-
(3) On systems where pipe is telescopedby grade, stallation to determine that the carrier pipe is supported,
wallthickness, or both,particularcareshall betaken sealed,andinsulatedfromthecasing.
to insure proper placement of pipe. Permanent records (13) River crossings shall have thorough inspection,
shall bekeptshowingthelocation as installed of andshall be surveyedandprofiledafterconstruction.
eachgrade,wallthickness,type,specification,and (14) Allpipingcomponentsotherthanpipeshall
manufacturerofthepipe. be inspected to insure damage-free condition and proper
(b) Construction installation.
55

436.5.2-437.4.1 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
436.5.2 Supplementary Types of Examination of the pipe shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance
(a) Testing offieldandshopweldsshallbemade withpara. 437.4.1.
in accordance with para. 434.8.5. (3) Systems to be operated at a hoop stress of
(b) Radiographicinspectionofweldsshall be per- 20% or less of specifiedminimumyield strength of
formed in accordance withpara. 434.8.5. the pipe may be subjected to a leak test in accordance
(c) Coatedpipe shall be inspected in accordance with para.437.4.3 in lieu of the hydrostatic test specified
withpara. 461.1.2. in para. 437.4.1.
(4) When testing piping, in no case shall the test
436.6RepairofDefects pressureexceedthatstipulated in the standards of
material specifications (except pipe) incorporated in this
436.6.1 Defects of fabricated items and in pipe wall Code by reference and listed in Table 423.1 for the
shall be repaired or eliminated in accordance with para. weakest element in the system, or portion of system,
434.5. beingtested.
(5) Equipment not to be subjected to test pressure
436.6.2 Welding defects shall be repaired in accord- shall be disconnectedfromthepiping or otherwise
ance withpara. 434.8.1. isolated. Valves may be used if valve, including closing
mechanism, is suitable for thetestpressure.
436.6.3 Holidays or other damage to coating shall (6) Testing Tie-lns. Because it is sometimes neces-
be repaired in accordance withpara. 461.1.2. saryto divide apipeline into test sections andinstall
test heads, connecting piping, andother necessary appur-
tenances for testing, or to install a pretested replacement
437TESTING
section, itisnotrequiredthattie-inwelds be tested;
however,tie-inweldsand girth welds joining lengths
437.1General
of pretested pipe shall be inspected by radiographic or
( a ) In order to meet requirements of this Code, it other accepted nondestructive methods in accordance
isnecessarythat tests be madeupon the completed with para. 434.8.5(a)(4) if system is not pressure tested
system andupon component parts of the finishedsystem. after tie-in.Aftersuch inspection, the joint shall be
When reference in this Code is made to tests or portions coated and inspected in accordance with para. 461.1.2
of tests described in other codes and specifications, beforebackfilling.
they shall be considered as apartof this Code. (c) TestingControlsandProtectiveEquipment. All
(6) Shouldleaks occur on tests,theline section or controls andprotective equipment, including pressure
component part shall be repaired or replaced and retested limiting devices, regulators, controllers, relief valves,
in accordance withthis Code. andothersafety devices, shall be tested to determine
that they are in good mechanical condition; of adequate
437.1.3Testing of FabricatedItems capacity, effectiveness, and reliability of operation for
( a ) Fabricated items such as scraper traps, manifolds, the service in whichthey are employed; functioning
volume chambers, etc., shall be hydrostaticallytested atthe correct pressure;andproperlyinstalledand
to limits equal to or greater than those required of the protectedfromforeignmaterials or other conditions
completed system. This test may be conducted separately thatmightpreventproper operation.
or as apart of thecompleted system.
(6) In testing fabricated items before installation, the 437.4TestPressure
applicable paragraphsof specifications listed in Table
423.1 shall apply. 437.4.1HydrostaticTesting of Internal Pressure
Piping
437.1.4TestingAfter New Construction (a) Portions of piping systems to be operated at a
( a ) Systems or Parts of Systems hoop stress of more than 20%of the specified minimum
(1) All liquid transportation piping systems within yieldstrength ofthepipe shall be subjected atany
the scope ofthis Code, regardless of stress, shall be point to a hydrostatic proof test equivalent to not less
tested after construction. Carbon dioxide systems shall than 1.25 timestheinternaldesignpressure at that
be hydrostaticallytested. point (see para. 401.2.2) for not less than 4 hr. When
(2) Systems to be operated at ahoop stress of lines are tested at pressures that develop a hoop stress,
more than 20% of the specified minimum yield strength based on nominal wall thickness, in excess of W% of
56

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 437.4.1437.6.4
the specified minimum yield strengthof the pipe, special 437.6Qualification Tests
careshallbeusedtopreventoverstrainofthepipe.
Wheretestsarerequiredbyothersectionsofthis
( I ) Thoseportions ofpipingsystemswhereall
ofthepressuredcomponentsarevisuallyinspected Code,thefollowingproceduresshall be used.
duringtheprooftesttodeterminethatthereisno
leakage require no further test. This can include lengths
of pipe that are pretested for useas replacement sections. 437.6.1Visual Examination. Usedornewpipe to
(2) On those portions of piping systems not visu- be laid shall be visually examined in accordance with
ally inspected while under test, the proof test shall be para. 436.5.1.
followed by a reduced pressure leak test equivalent to
not less than 1.1 times the internal design pressure for
notlessthan 4 hr. 437.6.2Bending Properties
(6) API RP 1110 maybeused for guidance for the (a) For pipeofunknownspecification or ASTMA
hydrostatictest. 120, bending properties are required if minimum yield
(c) Thehydrostatictestshall be conducted with strength used for design is above 24,000 psi (165 MPa),
water,exceptliquidpetroleumthatdoesnotvaporize and after type of joint has been identified in accordance
rapidlymaybe used provided: with para. 437.6.4. For pipe N P S 2 and smaller, bending
( I ) the pipeline section under test is not offshore testshallmeettherequirementsof ASTM A 53 or
and is outside of cities and other populated areas, and API 5L. For pipe largerthan NPS 2 in nominal diameter,
each building within 300 ft (90m) of the test section flatteningtestsshall meet therequirements in ASTM
isunoccupiedwhilethetestpressureisequalto or A 53, API 5L, or API 5LU.
greaterthan apressurewhichproducesahoopstress
of 50% ofthespecificminimumyieldstrengthof (6) The number of tests required to determine bend-
the pipe; ingpropertiesshall be thesameasrequired in
(2) thetestsectioniskeptundersurveillanceby para. 437.6.6 todetermineyieldstrength.
regularpatrolsduringtest;and
(3) communicationismaintainedalongthetest
section. 437.6.3Determination of WallThickness. When
(d) Ifthe testingmediuminthesystem will be thenominalwallthicknessisnotknown, it shall be
subject to thermal expansion during the test, provisions determined by measuring the thickness at quarter points
shall be made for relief of excess pressure. Effects of on oneendofeachpieceofpipe.Ifthelotofpipe
temperature changes shall be takenintoaccountwhen isknowntobeofuniformgrade,size,andnominal
interpretations are made ofrecordedtestpressures. thickness, measurement shall be made on not less than
(e) After completionofthehydrostatictest, it is 5% oftheindividuallengths,butnotlessthan 10
important in coldweatherthatthelines,valves,and lengths; thickness of the other lengths may be verified
fittings be drainedcompletelyofanywatertoavoid by applyingagagesettothe minimum thickness.
damagedue to freezing. Followingsuchmeasurement,thenominalwallthick-
fJCarbondioxidepipelines,valves,andfittings ness shall betaken as the next nominal wall thickness
shall be dewatered and dried prior to placing in service belowtheaverageofallthemeasurementstaken,but
to prevent the possibility of forming a corrosive com- inno casegreaterthan 1.14 timestheleastmeasured
poundfromcarbondioxideandwater. thicknessforallpipeunder NPS 20, andno greater
than 1.1 1 timestheleastmeasuredthicknessforall
437.4.3 Leak Testing. A 1 hr hydrostatic or pneu- pipe NPS 20 andlarger.
maticleaktestmaybeusedforpipingsystemstobe
operated at a hoop stressof 20% or less of the specified
minimumyieldstrengthofthepipe.Thehydrostatic 437.6.4Determination of Weld Joint Factor. If
test pressure shall be not lessthan 1.25 times the internal the type of longitudinal or spiral weld joint is known,
design pressure. The pneumatic test gage pressure shall thecorrespondingweld joint factor(Table 402.4.3)
be 100 psi (7 bar) or that pressure which would produce maybeused. Otherwise, as notedinTable 402.4.3,
a nominal hoop stress of 25% of the specified minimum the factor E shall not exceed 0.60 for pipe NPS 4 and
yieldstrength ofthe pipe,whichever is less. smaller, or 0.80 for pipe over NPS 4.
57

437.6.-37.7 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
437.6.5 Weldability.For steel pipeof unknown spec- Nominal Pipe Number of Lengths
Size per Test
ification, weldability shall be determined as follows. A
qualifiedweldershallmake agirthweldinthepipe. Lessthan6 200
6 through 12 100
This weld shall be tested in accordancewith the require- Larger than 12 50
mentsofpara.434.8.5.Thequalifyingweldshallbe
madeunderthemostsevereconditionsunderwhich Alltestspecimensshallbeselectedatrandom.
welding will be permittedinthefieldandusingthe
sameprocedure as to be usedinthefield.Thepipe 437.6.7 Minimum Yield Strength Value. For pipe
shall be consideredweldable if therequirementsset ofunknown specification, the minimum yield strength
forth in para.434.8.5aremet.Atleastonesuchtest may be determined as follows.
Averagethevalueofallyieldstrengthtests for a
weldshall be madeforeachnumberoflengthstobe
testlot.Theminimumyieldstrengthshallthen be
used as listedbelow.
taken as thelesser of thefollowing:
(a) 80% of theaveragevalue of theyield
MinimumNumber of Test Welds strengthtests;
Nominal Pipe Number of Lengths (b) the minimum value of anyyieldstrengthtest,
Size per Test exceptthat inno caseshallthisvalue be taken as
greaterthan52,000psi (358 MPa);
Less than 6 400
6 through 12 200 (c) 24,000 psi (165 MPa) if the average yield-tensile
Larger than 12 100 ratioexceeds 0.85.
All testspecimensshall be selectedatrandom. 437.7 Records

Arecordshall be maintainedinthefilesofthe
operating company relative to design, construction, and
437.6.6Determination of YieldStrength. When testing of each mainline within the scope of this Code.
the specified minimum yield strength, minimum tensile These records shall include material specifications; route
strength, or minimum percent of elongation of pipe is mapsandalignmentssheetsfor'as-built'condition;
unknown,thetensilepropertiesmaybeestablished as locationofeachpipesize,grade,wallthickness, type
follows. of seam (if any), and manufacturer; coatings; test data;
Performalltensiletestsprescribedby API 5L or and,forcarbondioxidepipelines,toughnessrequire-
5LU, exceptthattheminimumnumberofsuchtests ments.Theserecordsshall be keptforthelifeofthe
shall be as follows. facility. See para.436.5.1(a)(3).
58

ASME 831.4-1998 Edition 450-450.2
CHAPTER VI1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
450 OPERATIONAND
MAINTENANCE clothing
shall rubber
of
be fabric or other
ammonia
PROCEDURESAFFECTING THE SAFETY impervious
material.
OF LIQUIDTRANSPORTATIONPIPING
SYSTEMS
450.2 Operation and MaintenancePlans and
Procedures
450.1 General transportation
pip- a havingcompany
operating
Each ..
ingsystemwithinthescope of this Code shall:

(a) It is not possibletoprescribe in thisCodea
(a) have written detailed plans and training programs
detailedsetofoperatingandmaintenanceprocedures
for employees covering operating and maintenance pro-
that will encompass all cases. It is possible, however,
ceduresforthetransportationpipingsystemduring
for each operating company to develop operating and
normal operations and maintenance in accordance with
maintenance procedures based on the provisions of this
thepurposeofthisCode;essentialfeaturesrecom-
Code,andthecompany’sexperienceandknowledge
mended for inclusion in the plans for specific portions
of itsfacilitiesandconditionsunderwhichtheyare
of thesystemaregiven in paras. 451 and 452.
operated,whichwillbeadequatefromthestandpoint
ofpublicsafety. (b) have a planforexternalandinternalcorrosion
control of new and existing piping systems, including
(b) Themethodsandproceduressetforthherein requirementsandproceduresprescribed inpara. 453
serve as a general guide, but do not relieve the individual andChapterVIII;
or operating company from the responsibility for prudent
(c) haveawrittenEmergencyPlan as indicatedin
actionthatcurrentparticularcircumstancesmake ad-
para. 454 forimplementationintheeventofsystem
visable.
failures,accidents, or otheremergencies;trainappro-
(c) It must be recognized that local conditions (such priate operating and maintenance employees with regard
as the effects of temperature, characteristics of the line to applicable portions of the plan, and establish liaison
contents, and topography) will have considerable bearing with appropriate public officials with respect to the plan;
on theapproachtoanyparticularmaintenanceand
(d) have a plan for reviewing changes in conditions
repair job.
affecting the integrity and safety of the piping system,
(d) Suitablesafetyequipmentshall be availablefor including provisions for periodic patrolling and reporting
personnel use at all work areas and operating facilities of constructionactivityandchanges in conditions,
whereliquidanhydrousammoniaistransported.Such especially in industrial,commercial,andresidential
safetyequipmentshallincludeatleastthefollowing: areas and at river, railroad, and highway crossings, in
( I ) full facegasmaskwithanhydrousammonia order to consider the possibility of providing additional
refillcanisters; protection to prevent damage to the pipeline in accord-
(2) independentlysuppliedairmask; ancewithpara. 402.1;
(3) tight-fittinggogglesorfullfaceshield; (e) establish liaison with local authorities who issue
(4) protectivegloves; construction permits in urban areas to prevent accidents
(5) protectiveboots; caused by excavators;
(6) protectiveslickerand/orprotectivepantsand v ) establishprocedurestoanalyzeallfailuresand
jacket; accidents for the purpose of determining the cause and
(7) easily accessible shower andor at least 50 gal tominimizethepossibility of recurrence;
(190 liters) ofcleanwater in anopentopcontainer. (g) maintain necessary maps and records to properly
Personnelshall beinstructedineffectiveuseof administer the plans and procedures, including records
masks and limited shelf life of refill canisters. Protective listed inpara. 455;
59

450.2451.6.1 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
(h) have procedures for abandoning piping systems, 451.3Markers

includingtherequirements in para. 457;
(a) Markers shall be installed over each line on each
( i ) in establishing plans and procedures, give particu-
side of road,highway, railroad, and stream crossings
lar attention to those portions of the system presenting
to properly locate and identify the system. Markers are
the greatest hazard to the publicin the event of emergen-
not required for pipelines offshore.
cies or because of construction or extraordinary mainte-
(b) Pipelinemarkers at crossings, aerial markers
nancerequirements;
whenused,and other signs shall be maintained so as
(i) operate and maintain its piping system in confor-
to indicate the location of the line. These markers shall
mancewiththeseplansandprocedures;
showthenameofthe operating company, and, where
(k) modifythe plans andproceduresfromtime to possible,anemergency telephone contact. Additional
time as experience dictates and as exposure ofthe pipelinemarkers shall be installed along theline in
system to the publicand changes in operating conditions areas of development and growth to protect the system
require. fromencroachment.API RP 1109shall be used for
guidance.
451 PIPELINEOPERATIONAND
451.4Right of Way Maintenance
MAINTENANCE
(a) The right of way should be maintained so as to
451.1OperatingPressure have clear visibilityand to give reasonableaccessto
maintenance crews.
(a) Careshall be exercised to assure thatatany
(6) Accessshall be maintainedtovalvelocations.
point in thepipingsystemthemaximumsteady state
(c) Diversion ditches or dikes shall be maintained
operating pressureand static headpressurewiththe
whereneeded to protect against washoutsoftheline
line in a staticcondition do notexceed at thatpoint
and erosion ofthe landowner’s property.
theinternaldesignpressure and pressureratingsfor
the components used as specified in para. 402.2.3, and
that the level of pressure rise due to surges and other 451.5Patrolling
variationsfromnormaloperation does not exceed the ( a ) Each operating company shall maintain a periodic
internaldesignpressureat any point in the piping pipelinepatrolprogram to observe surface conditions
system and equipment by more than 10% as specified on and adjacent to the pipeline right of way, indication
in para. 402.2.4. of leaks, construction activity other than that performed
(6) A pipingsystemshall be qualifiedfor a higher by the company, and any other factors affectingthe
operating pressurewhenthehigher operating pressure safetyand operation of the pipeline. Specialattention
willproduce a hoop stress of morethan20%of shall be given to such activities as road building, ditch
thespecifiedminimumyieldstrength ofthepipe in cleanouts, excavations, and like encroachments tothe
accordance withpara. 456. pipelinesystem. Patrols shall be made at intervals
(c) If a piping system is derated to a lower operating not exceeding 2 weeks, except thatpipingsystems
pressure in lieu of repair or replacement, the new transportingLPG or liquid anhydrous ammoniashall
maximum steady state operating pressure shall be deter- be patrolled at intervals not exceeding 1 week in
mined in accordancewithpara. 451.7. industrial, commercial, or residential areas.
(d) For existing systems utilizing materials produced (6) Underwater crossings shall be inspected periodi-
under discontinued or superseded standards or specifica- cally for sufficiency of cover, accumulation of debris,
tions, theinternaldesignpressureshall be determined or forany other condition affecting thesafetyand
usingthe allowable stress and design criteria listed in security of the crossings, and at any time it is felt that
theissue ofthe applicable code or specification in the crossings are in danger as a result of floods, storms,
effect at the time of theoriginal construction. or suspectedmechanical damage.
451.2Communications 451.6PipelineRepairs
General
A communications facilityshallbemaintained to 451.6.1 (98)
assure safe pipeline operations underbothnormaland (a) Repairs shall be covered by a maintenance plan
emergencyconditions. [see para. 450.2(a)] and shall be performedunder
60

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 451.6.1-451.6.2
qualified supervisionby trained personnel aware of and (4) Allcracksshall be removed or repaired;
familiarwiththehazardstopublicsafety,utilizing (5) All weldsfound to havedefects as set forth
strategicallylocatedequipmentandrepairmaterials. in para. 434.8.5(b) or in the appropriate pipe specifica-
Themaintenanceplanshallconsidertheappropriate tionshall be removed or repaired.
informationcontained inAPIPubl.2200,APIPub. (6) GeneralCorrosion. Pipeshall be replaced,
2201, API RP 1107, and API RP 1 11 1. It is essential or repaired if the area is small, or operated at a reduced
that all personnel working on pipeline repairs understand pressure(seepara.451.7)ifgeneralcorrosion has
the need for careful planning of the job, be briefed as reducedthewallthicknesstolessthanthedesign
totheprocedureto be followedinaccomplishingthe thicknesscalculated inaccordancewithpara.404.1.2
repairs, and follow precautionary measures and proce- decreased byanamount equaltothemanufacturing
duresoutlined in APIPubl.2200.Personnelworking tolerance applicable to the pipe or component.
on repairs to pipelines handling LPG, carbon dioxide, (7) LocalizedCorrosionPitting. Pipeshall be
liquid alcohol, or liquid anhydrous ammonia shall also repaired,replaced, or operatedatareducedpressure
beinformedonthespecificproperties,characteristics, (seepara.451.7) iflocalizedcorrosionpitting has
andpotentialhazardsassociatedwiththoseliquids, reducedthewallthicknesstolessthan the design
precautions to be taken following detection of a leak, thicknesscalculatedinaccordancewithpara.404.1.2
and safety repair procedures set forth for LPG pipelines decreased by an amountequaltothemanufacturing
in API Publ. 2200. Approvals, procedures, and special toleranceapplicabletothepipe or component.This
considerationsdescribed in APIPubl.2201shallbe applies if the length ofthepittedareaisgreaterthan
observedforwelding, as well as makinghottapson permitted by the equation shown below. The following
pipelines,vessels, or tankswhichareunderpressure. methodappliesonlywhenthedepthofthecorrosion
Piping in the vicinity of any repair shall be adequately pitislessthan 80% ofthenominalwallthicknessof
supportedduringandaftertherepair. thepipe.Thismethodshallnot be used to evaluate
(6) Ifan inert fluid is used to temporarily displace corrosionconcentrated in electricresistancewelded
theliquid in apipelinesystemforthepurpose of a seams (ERW), electric induction welded seams or elec-
repair,adetailedwrittenprocedureshall be required. tric flash-welded seams, nor shall it be used to evaluate
Because the potential energy of a gas presents special corrosion-causedmetal loss whichiscircumferentially
concerns, this procedure shall address, as a minimum, orientedalong or in agirthweld or itsheat-affected
thefactorsrelatedtothe useof an inertgas: zone.Themethodmay be used, however, to evaluate
( I ) maximumBow rate; the longitudinal profile of corrosion-caused metal loss
(2) pressure; which crosses a girthweld or impinges on a submerged
(3) injectiontemperature; arc welded seam. The corroded area must be clean to
(4) inertgasdisposal; baremetal.Careshall be takenincleaningcorroded
(5) safetyprocedures. areasofapressurizedpipelinewhenthedegreeof
The procedure shallbe followed under the supervision corrosionissignificant.
required in para.451.6.1(a).
(98) 451.6.2 Disposition of Defects
L = 1.128 &
(a) LimitsandDispositions of Imperfections
( I ) Gougesandgrooveshavingadepthgreater where
than12y2%ofthenominalwallthicknessshall be
removed or repaired.
(2) Dents meeting any of the following conditions
shall beremoved or repaired: L = maximum allowable longitudinal extent of the
(a) dents which affect the pipe curvature at the corroded area as shown in Fig. 451.6.2(a)(7),
pipeseam or atanygirthweld; in. (mm)
(b) dentscontaining a scratch,gouge, or B = avaluenottoexceed4.0whichmay be
groove; or determinedfromtheaboveequation or Fig.
(c) dents exceeding a depth of V4% in. (6 mm) 45 1.6.2(a)(7)
in pipe NPS 4 and smaller, or 6% of the nominal pipe D = nominal outside diameter of the pipe, in. (mm)
diameterin sizesgreaterthanNPS 4. tn = nominalwallthicknessofthepipe,in.(mm)
(3) Allarcbumsshall be removedor repaired. c = maximum depth of the corroded area, in. (mm)
61

451.6.2 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
Longitudinal axis of (see para.451.7). ASME B3 1G may be used for

corroded areas
guidance.
(9) All pipe containing leaks shall be removed or
repaired.
(b) AllowablePipelineRepairs
( I ) If practical, thepipelineshouldbetakenout
of service andrepaired by cutting out a cylindrical
pieceofpipe containing the defect and replacing the
same withpipe meeting therequirements of para.
401.2.2 andhaving a length ofnot less thanone-half
diameter.
(2) Ifnot practical to takethe pipeline out of
service, repairs may be made by the installation of a
full encirclement welded or mechanically applied split
sleeve in accordance withpara.451.6.2(c).
(a) For repairs ofdents, either a hardenable
fillermaterial such as epoxyshall be used to fill the
voidbetweenthe sleeve andthepipe to restore the
original contour of the pipe, or the carrier pipe shall
be tapped through the sleeve or other means provided
to equalize the internal pressures ofthe carrier pipe
3
andthe sleeve.
(b) For repairs to nonleaking cracks in materials
B
thatmight be expected to behave in a brittle manner
(e.g., a seam defect in a low-frequencywelded ERW
2 seam), an appropriately-designed fitting shallbe installed
onthe sleeve throughwhich the sleeve and carrier
pipe will be tappedto equalize theinternal pressures
ofthe carrier pipe and the sleeve.
(3) Ifnot practical to takethe pipeline out of
1
service, defects may be removed by grinding or hot
tapping.When grinding, theground areas shall be
smoothly contoured andbeinaccordancewithpara.
451.6.2(a)(8). When hot tapping, the portion of piping
containing the defect shall be completelyremoved.
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 (4) If notpractical to takethe pipeline out of
service, minor leaks andsmallcorroded areas, except
=A" for cracks, may be repaired by the installation of
a patchorweldedfitting in accordancewith paras.
FIG. 451.6.2(a)(7) PARAMETERSUSED I N 451.6.2(~)(5) and (8). Pipecontainingarcburns,
ANALYSIS OF THE STRENGTH OF CORRODED grooves, and gouges may berepairedwith patches or
AREAS weldedfitting if thearcbum or notchisremoved by
grinding.
(8) Areaswhere grinding has reducedthere- (5) If not practical to take thepipeline out of
maining wall thickness to less than the design thickness service, defects in welds produced with a fillermetal,
calculated in accordance withpara. 404.1.2 decreased small corroded areas, gouges, grooves,andarc bums
byan amount equal to themanufacturingtolerance may be repaired by depositing weld metal in accordance
applicable to the pipe or component, may be analyzed with para. 45 1.6.2(~)(9).Weld imperfections, arc burns,
thesameaslocalizedcorrosionpitting[seepara. gouges, and grooves shall be removed by grinding prior
451.6.2(a)(7)] to determine if ground areas needtobe to depositing theweldfillermetal.
replaced, repaired, or the operating pressurereduced (6) If notpracticaltotakethepipelineout of
62

ASME B31.4-1998Edition 451.6.2
service, nonleaking corroded areas may be repaired by the pipe. For full encirclement split sleeves installed for
installation of a fully welded, partial encirclement half repair by reinforcement only and not internal pressure
sole in accordance with para. 451.6.2(c)( 13). containment,circumferentialweldingisoptional.Spe-
(7) Ifnotpracticaltotakethepipelineoutof cialconsiderationshall begiventominimize stress
service, nonleaking corroded areas may be repaired by concentrationsresultingfromtherepair.
installation of a mechanically applied composite material (7) Mechanicallyapplied full encirclementrepair
wrap used to reinforce the pipeline in accordance with fittingsshallmeetthedesignrequirements ofparas.
para. 45 1.6.2(c)( 14). 401.2and418.
(c) Repair Methods (8) Welded fittings used to cover pipeline defects
( I ) All repair weldproceduresandallwelders shall not exceedNPS 3 and shall have a design pressure
performing repair work shall be qualified in accordance ofnotlessthanthepipebeingrepaired.
with para. 434.8.3 or APIRP1107. The welders shall (9) For repairs involving only depositionof a weld
also be familiar with safetyprecautionsandother fillermetal,weldingprocessesshallbeinaccordance
problems associated with cutting and welding onpipe with the requirements of the appropriate pipe specifica-
that contains or has contained liquids within the scope tionforthegradeandtypebeingrepaired.Welding
of thisCode.Cuttingandweldingshallcommence procedurequalificationsshall bein accordancewith
onlyaftercompliance withpara.434.8.1(c). para. 45 1.6.2(~)(2).
(2) Thequalificationtestforweldingprocedures (10) Where repairs are made to a coated pipe, all
tobeusedonpipecontaining aliquidshallconsider damagedcoatingshallberemovedandnewcoating
the cooling effectsof the pipe contents on the soundness applied in accordance with para. 461.1.2. Replacement
and physical properties of the weld. Welding procedures piecesofpipe,weldedpatches,and full encirclement
onpipenotcontainingliquidshallbequalifiedin welded split sleeves used in making repairs shall also
accordance with para.434.8.3. becoatedwheninstalledin acoatedline.
(3) Materials used for pipeline repair shall be in (ZZ) Pipecontainingliquidshall beexaminedto
accordancewithatleastoneofthespecificationsor determinethatthematerialissoundand of adequate
standards listed in Table 423.1, or as otherwise required thickness in theareasto be affected by grinding,
by thisCode. welding,cutting, or hottappingoperations.
(4) Temporaryrepairsmaybenecessitatedfor (12) If the pipeline is not taken out of service, the
operating purposes and shall be made in a safe manner. operatingpressureshall be reducedtoalevelwhich
Suchtemporaryrepairsshallbemadepermanent or willprovidesafetyduringtherepairoperations.
replacedin apermanentmanner as describedherein (13) Fullyweldedpartialencirclementhalfsoles
as soon as practical. maybeusedto repaircorrodedareasonly onpipe
(5) Weldedpatchesshallhaverounded comers andshallnot beused torepairleaks,gouges,dents,
andamaximumdimensionof 6in.(150 mm) along or other defects. The use of half soles shall be limited
the pipe axis. The patch material shall be of a similar topipesizesNPS12 or lessand mayonlybeused
or highergrade with a wallthicknesssimilartothe on pipe made prior to 1942 with a specified minimum
pipebeingrepaired.Patchesshall be limitedtopipe yieldstrengthnotexceeding40,000psi(276MPa).
sizes NPS12andlessandconformingtoAPI 5L, The half sole material shall be of a similar or higher
GradeX42andlower.Patchesshall be attached by gradewithawallthicknessnotlessthan 87.5% or
fillet welds. Insert patching is prohibited. Special consid- morethan125%ofthatofthepipebeingrepaired.
eration shall be given to minimize stress concentrations Half soles shall have rounded comers and a maximum
resultingfromtherepair. lengthof10 ft (3 m)alongthepipeaxis.Halfsoles
(6) Full encirclement welded split sleeves installed shall not beused across girth welds and the minimum
to repair leaks or otherwise to contain internal pressure clearancebetweentheend ofhalf soles or theends
shallhaveadesignpressure ofnotlessthanthe of half soles and girth welds shall be 2 in. Combinations
pipebeingrepairedandshall be fully welded,both of a half sole and patches shall not be used in parallel
circumferentially and longitudinally. Length of full en- aroundagivencircumference. To ensureoptimum
circlementsplitsleevesshallnot be lessthan4in. performanceofhalf soles,theannularspacebetween
(100 mm). If the sleeve is thicker than the pipe being the corroded pipe and the half sole may be filled with
repaired,thecircumferentialendsshall be chamfered ahardenablefillermaterialsuch as epoxy.Special
(atapproximately45deg.)downtothethickness of considerationshall be giventoensuringaclose fit
63

451.6.24519 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
between the edges of the half sole and the pipe being
repairedandto minimizing stress concentrations re-
sulting fromthe repair.
(14) Mechanically applied composite material wrap
may be used to reinforce thepipelineprovidedthat
designandinstallationmethods are proven for the where
intended service prior to application. The useris cau- G = 0.893 U&
tioned that a qualified written procedure performed by = a value not to exceed 4.0 in the above analysis
trainedpersonnel is a requirement and records shall and which may be determined from the above
be retained in accordance with para. 455. equation
Pd = derated internal design gage pressure, psi (bar)
Pi = original internaldesigngagepressure,based
451.6.3 Testing Repairs to Pipelines Operating at onspecifiednominalwallthicknessof the
a Hoop Stress of More Than 20% of the Specified pipe(see para. 404.1), psi (bar)
MinimumYieldStrength of the Pipe L = longitudinal extent of the corroded area as
(a) Testing of ReplacementPipe Sections. When shown in Fig.451.6.2(a)(7), in. (mm)
a scheduledrepairto a pipeline ismade by cutting For r, c, and D, see para.451.6.2(a)(7).
out a sectionofthepipe as a cylinder andreplacing
it with another section of pipe, the replacement section For values of G greaterthan 4.0,
ofpipeshall be subjected to a pressuretest. The
replacement section of pipe shall be tested as required
for a new pipeline in accordance with para. 437.4.1.
The tests may be made on the pipe prior to installation except pd shall not exceed pi.
provided radiographicor other acceptable nondestructive
tests(visualinspection excepted) are madeonalltie- 451.8ValveMaintenance
in buttwelds after installation.
Pipeline blockvalvesshall be inspected, serviced
( 6 ) Examination of Repair Welds. Welds made where necessary, and partiallyoperated at least once
during pipeline repairs shall be examined by accepted each year to assure properoperating conditions.
non-destructivemethods or visuallyexamined by a
qualified inspector. 451.9RailroadsandHighwaysCrossing Existing (98)
Pipelines
(a) Whenan existing pipelineis to becrossed by
451.7DeratingaPipeline to aLowerOperating a newroad or railroad, the operatingcompany shall
Pressure analyze the pipeline in the area to be crossed in terms
of thenewanticipatedexternalloads. If thesumof
the circumferential stresses caused by internal pressure
( a ) Corroded pipe or pipe containing areas repaired and newly imposed external loads (including both live
by grinding may be derated to a lower operating pressure
and deadloads) exceeds 0.90 SMYS (specified minimum
in lieu of replacement or repair or further repair. Except yield strength), the operating companyshallinstall
as provided in para. 451.7(b), thelower operating mechanical reinforcement, structural protection, or suit-
pressure shall be based on para. 404.1.2 and the actual able pipe to reducethe stress to 0.90 SMYS or less,
remainingwallthickness of thepipe at thepoint of or redistribute the external loads acting on the pipeline.
deepest corrosion or grinding. API 1102 providedmethodsthat may be used to
(6) For pipe containing localizedcorrosionpitting determine thetotal stress caused by internalpressure
or areas repaired by grindingwheretheremaining and external loads. API 1102 also provides methods
material in the pipe does not meet the depth and length to check cyclic stress componentsfor fatigue failure.
limits in para. 45 I .6.2(a)(7), the lower operating pressure (6) Installation of uncased carrier pipeispreferred.
may be determined by the following equation, provided Adjustments of existing pipelines in service at a pro-
the corrosion or grinding is not in the girth or longitudi- posed railroad or highway crossing shall conform to
nalweld or relatedheataffectedzones. details contained in API RP 1102. As specified in para.
64

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 451.M52.7
461.1.2(f), if casingisused, coated carrier pipeshall (6) Reliefvalveson pressure storage vessels con-
be independentlysupported outside each endofthe taining LPG, carbon dioxide, or liquid anhydrous ammo-
casingandinsulatedfromthe casing throughoutthe niashall be subjected to tests at least every 5 years.
cased section, andcasing ends shall besealedusing
a durable,electricallynonconductivematerial. 452.3StorageVessels
(c) Testing and inspection of replaced pipe sections
(a) Storage vessels, including atmospheric and pres-
shall conformtorequirementsofpara.451.6.3. All
suretanks,handlingthe liquid or liquids beingtrans-
new girth welds in the carrier pipe shall be radiographed
portedshall be periodicallyinspectedandpertinent
or inspected by other acceptable nondestructive methods
recordsmaintained. Points to be covered include:
(visual inspection excepted).
( I ) stability of foundation;
(2) conditionofbottom, shell, stairs, roof;
(98) 451.10InlandWatersPlatformRisers (3) venting or safety valve equipment;
Riser installations shall be visually inspected annually (4) conditionoffirewalls or tank dikes.
forphysicaldamage and corrosion in the splash zone (b) Storage vessels and tanks shall be cleaned in
andabove. The extent ofany observed damage shall accordancewith API Publ. 2015.
be determined, and, if necessary,the riser installation
shall be repaired or replaced. 452.4Storage of CombustibleMaterials
All flammable or combustible materials in quantities
452 PUMP STATION,TERMINAL,ANDTANK beyondthoserequired for everyday use or other than
FARMOPERATIONANDMAINTENANCE thosenormallyusedin pump houses shall be stored
in a separate structure built of noncombustible material
452.1General located a suitable distance fromthepumphouse. All
aboveground oil or gasoline storage tanks shall be
(a) Starting, operating, and shutdown procedures for protected in accordance with NFPA 30.
allequipmentshall be establishedand the operating
companyshalltakeappropriate steps to see thatthese 452.5Fencing
procedures are followed. These procedures shall outline
preventivemeasures and systems checks requiredto Station, terminal, and tank farm areas shall be main-
ensure the proper functioning of all shutdown, control, tained in a safe condition, and shall be fenced and
andalarmequipment. locked, or attended, for the protection of the property
andthepublic.
(b) Periodicmeasurementand monitoring offlow
and recording of discharge pressures shall be provided
fordetection of deviations fromthe steady state op- 452.6 Signs
erating conditions ofthesystem. (a) Suitable signs shall be posted to serve as warnings
in hazardousareas.
452.2ControlsandProtectiveEquipment (b) Classifiedandhighvoltage areas shall be ade-
quatelymarkedand isolated.
(a) Controls and protectiveequipment,including
(c) Caution signs shall be displayed indicating name
pressurelimitingdevices, regulators, controllers, relief
of the operating company and, where possible, an
valves, and othersafety devices, shall be subjected to
emergency telephone contact.
systematic periodic inspections and tests, at least annu-
ally, except as provided in para. 452.2(b), to determine
452.7Prevention of AccidentalIgnition
thattheyare:
( 1 ) in goodmechanical condition; (a) Smoking shall be prohibited in all areas of a
(2) adequate fromthe standpoint of capacity and pump station, terminal, or tank farm inwhichthe
reliabilityofoperationforthe service in whichthey possibleleakage or presence of vapor constitutes a
are employed; hazard offire or explosion.
(3) set to functionat the correct pressure; (b) Flashlights or hand lanterns, when used, shall
(4) properlyinstalled and protectedfromforeign be oftheapprovedtype.
materials or other conditions that might prevent proper (c) Welding shall commence only after compliance
operation. withpara.434.8.1(c).
65

452.7-454 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
(d) Consideration should be given to the prevention and report a systememergencytothe appropriate
of other means of accidental ignition. See NACE RP- operating company personnel. This could include sup-
01-77 for additional guidance. plying a card, sticker, or equivalent withnames,ad-
dresses, and telephone numbers of operating company
personnel to be contacted.
(e) Intheformulationofemergency procedures for
453 CORROSION CONTROL limiting accidental discharge fromthepiping system,
Protection of ferrous pipeandcomponentsfrom the operating company shall give consideration to:
external and internal corrosion, including tests, inspec- ( I ) formulating andplacing in operationproce-
tions, and appropriate corrective measures, shall be as dures for an area cooperative pipeline leak notification
prescribed in Chapter VIII. emergency action system between operating companies
havingpiping systems in the area;
(2) reduction of pipelinepressure by ceasing
pumping operations on the piping system, opening the
454 EMERGENCYPLAN
system todelivery storage on either side ofthe leak
(a) A writtenEmergencyPlanshall be established site, and expeditious closing of blockvalvesonboth
forimplementation in the event ofsystem failures, sides oftheleak site, and in the case of systems
accidents, or other emergencies, and shall include proce- transporting LPG, continuationofpumpinguntil LPG
dures for prompt and expedient remedial action provid- has been replaced at point of leak by a less volatile
ing for the safety of the public and operating company product if vapors are not accumulating toan extent
personnel, minimizing property damage, protecting the that a serious hazard appears imminent;
environment, and limiting accidental discharge from (3) interim instructions tolocal authorities prior
thepipingsystem. to arrival of qualified operating company personnel at
(6) The Plan shall provide for acquainting and train- theleak site;
ingof personnel responsible for the prompt execution
(4) rapidtransportation of qualifiedpersonnel to
of emergency action. Personnel shall be informed con-
theleak site;
cerning the characteristics of the liquid in thepiping
systemsandthe safe practices in thehandling of (5) minimization of public exposure to injury and
accidental discharge and repair ofthe facilities, with prevention of accidental ignition by evacuation of resi-
emphasis on the special problems and additional precau- dents andthehaltingoftrafficon roads, highways,
tions in thehandlingof leaks andrepair of systems and railroads in theaffectedarea;
transporting LPG, carbon dioxide, or liquid anhydrous (6) in the case of systems transporting LPG, assess-
ammonia. The operating company shall establish sched- ment of extent and coverage of the LPG vapor cloud
uled reviewswithpersonnelofproceduresto be fol- and determination of hazardous area with portable
lowed in emergencies at intervals notexceeding 6 explosimeters; ignition of vapors at leak site to prevent
months, and reviews shall be conducted such that they the uncontrolled spread of vapors; utilization of tempo-
establishthe competence oftheEmergencyPlan. rary flares or blowdowns on either side ofthe leak
(c) Procedures shall cover liaisonwith state and site; andutilization of internalpluggingequipment
local civil agencies such as firedepartments,police where it isanticipatedthatvaporizationofLPGen-
departments, sheriffs offices, andhighwaypatrols, to trapped in pipelinesegmentwill continue over a pro-
provideprompt intercommunications for coordinated longed period;
remedial action; dissemination of information on loca-
tionof system facilities; characteristics oftheliquids (7) in the case of systems transporting liquid anhy-
transported,includingadditiona:precautionsnecessary drous ammonia, assessment of the extent and coverage
with leaks from pipingsystems transporting LPG, carbon of the ammonia vapor cloud and utilization of internal
dioxide, or liquid anhydrous ammonia; and joint prepara- plugging equipment where it is anticipated that vaporiza-
tionof cooperative action as necessary to assurethe tionofliquid anhydrous ammonia entrapped in the
safety of thepublic in the event ofemergencies. pipeline segment will continue over a prolonged period;
(d) A line of communications shall be established (8) In the case of systems transporting carbon
with residents along the piping systemtorecognize dioxide, assessment of the carbon dioxide released, its
66

ASME BJl.4-1998 Edition 454-457
effects, andtheuseofexistingmeans to blowdown steady state operating pressure in accordance with the
andcontrolthespreadofitattheleaksite. designrequirementofthisCode,andthesystem has
previously been tested for a duration and to a pressure
equalto or greaterthanrequiredinparas.437.4.1(a)
(98) 455 RECORDS and (c) fora newpipingsystemfortheproposed
For operation and maintenance purposes, the follow- highermaximumsteadystateoperatingpressure,the
ingrecordsshallbeproperlymaintained: system may be operatedattheincreasedmaximum
steadystateoperatingpressure.
(a) necessaryoperationaldata;
(2) If the physical condition of the piping system
(b) pipelinepatrolrecords;
as determined by (a) aboveindicatesthattheability
(c) corrosionrecords as requiredunderpara. 465;
ofthesystemtowithstandtheincreasedmaximum
(d) leakandbreakrecords; steady state operating pressurehas not been satisfactorily
(e) recordspertainingtoroutine or unusualinspec- verified, or thesystemhasnotbeenpreviously tested
tions,such as external or internallineconditions; tothelevelsrequired by thisCodefora newpiping
fl pipelinerepairrecords. systemfortheproposedhighermaximumsteadystate
operating pressure, the system may be operated at the
increasedmaximumsteadystateoperatingpressureif
456 QUALIFYINGAPIPINGSYSTEMFORA the system shall successfully withstand the test required
HIGHEROPERATINGPRESSURE by thisCodefora new systemtooperateunderthe
(a) Intheeventofup-ratinganexistingpiping same conditions.
system when the higher operating pressure will produce (c) Inno caseshallthemaximumsteadystate op
ahoopstress ofmorethan 20% ofthe specified erating pressure of a piping system be raised to a value
minimumyieldstrengthofthepipe,thefollowing higherthantheinternaldesignpressurepermittedby
investigativeandcorrectivemeasuresshall betaken: this Code for a new piping system constructed of the
( I ) the design and previous testing of the piping samematerials.Therateofpressureincreasetothe
system and the materials and equipment in it be reviewed higher maximum allowable steady state operating pres-
todeterminethattheproposedincrease inmaximum sureshouldbegradual so as toallowsufficienttime
steadystateoperatingpressure is safeand in general for periodic observations of thepipingsystem.
agreement withtherequirementsofthisCode; (d) Records of such investigations, work performed,
and pressure tests conducted shall be preserved as long
(2) theconditionsofthepipingsystembedeter-
as thefacilitiesinvolvedremain in service.
minedbyleakagesurveysandotherfieldinspections,
examination of maintenance and corrosion control rec-
ords,orothersuitablemeans; 457 ABANDONINGAPIPINGSYSTEM
(3) repairs, replacements, or alterations in the pip- Intheeventofabandoning apipingsystem,it is
ing system disclosed to be necessary by steps (1) and requiredthat:
(2) bemade. (a) facilitiesto be abandonedinplaceshall be
(b) Themaximumsteady stateoperatingpressure disconnected from all sources of the transported liquid,
may be increased after compliance with (a) above and such as otherpipelines,meterstations,controllines,
one ofthe following provisions. andotherappurtenances;
( I ) If the physical condition of the piping system (b) facilities tobe abandoned in place shall be purged
as determined by (a) above indicates that the system is of the transported liquid and vapor with an inert material
capable of withstanding the desired increased maximum andthe endssealed.
67

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 460-461.1.1
CHAPTER VI11
CORROSION CONTROL
460 GENERAL 461 EXTERNALCORROSIONCONTROL FOR

BURIEDORSUBMERGEDPIPELINES
(a) This Chapter prescribesminimum requirements
and proceduresfor protection offerrous pipe and compo-
nentsfromexternalandinternal corrosion, andis 461.1 NewInstallations
applicable to new piping installations and existing piping
systems. 461.1.1 General I981
(b) External and internal corrosionshall be controlled (a) Control of external corrosion ofnew buried or
consistent with condition of the piping system and the submerged piping systems shall be provided for each
environment in which the system is located by applica- component in the system except wherethe operating
tion of these corrosion control requirements and proce- company can demonstrate by tests, investigations, or
dures. Application of some corrosion control practices experience in the area of application that a detrimental
requires a significantamount of competent judgment corrosive environment does not exist. However, within
in order to be effective in mitigating corrosion, and 12 monthsafter installation, the operating company
deviation from the provisions of this Chapter is permissi- shall electrically inspect the buried or submerged system.
ble in specific situations, providedthe operating com- If the electrical inspection indicates that a corrosive
panycan demonstrate thatthe objectives expressed condition exists, the piping system shall be cathodically
herein have been achieved. For carbon dioxide systems, protected. If cathodic protectionisnot installed, the
it shall berecognizedthatwatercan combine with piping system shall be electrically inspected at intervals
carbon dioxide toform a compoundthatmaybe not exceeding 5 years, and the system shall be cathodi-
corrosive underpipeline conditions. cally protected if electrical inspection indicates that a
( c } Corrosion control requirements and procedures corrosive condition exists.
may in many instances require measures in addition to (6) Control of external corrosion of buried or sub-
those shown herein. Therefore, each operating company mergedpipeand components innew installations (in-
shall establish procedures to implement therequirements cluding new pump stations, tank farms, and terminals,
of this Chapter. Procedures, including those for design, and relocating, replacing, or otherwise changing existing
installation, and maintenance of cathodic protection piping systems) shall be accomplished by the application
systems, shall be preparedand carried outby, or of an effective protective coating supplemented with
under the direction of, persons qualified by training or cathodic protection and suitable drainage bonds in stray
experience in corrosioncontrolmethods.NACERP- current areas. Materials shall be selected with due
01-69 or NACE RP-06-75 provides a guide for proce- regard to the type of supplemental corrosion protection
dures to implement requirements herein and to monitor and to the environment.
andmaintain cathodic protectionsystems. (c) Where impractical,andwhere adequate provi-
(d} Corrosion personnel shall be provided equipment sions for corrosion control havebeenmade, the mini-
and instrumentation necessary to accomplish the work. mum clearance of 12 in. (300 mm) between the outside
(e) Coating crews andinspectors shall be suitably ofanypipeinstalledundergroundandthe extremity
instructed and provided with equipmentnecessary to ofany other underground structure specified in para.
coat and inspect thepipeandcomponents. 434.6(c) may bereduced.
69

461.1.2-461.1.5 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
461.1.2ProtectiveCoating galvanic anode or impressed current anode system shall

(a) Protective coatings used on buried or submerged be installedthatwill mitigate corrosion and contain a
pipe and components shall have the following character- method of determining the degree of cathodic protection
istics: achieved on theburied or submergedpiping system.
( I ) mitigate corrosion; (b) A cathodic protectionsystemshall be installed
(2) havesufficientadhesiontothemetalsurface not later than 1 year after completion of construction.
to effectivelyresistunderfilmmigration of moisture; (c) Cathodic protection shall be controlled so as not
(3) be ductile enough to resist cracking; to damage the protective coating, pipe, or components.
(4) havestrengthsufficient to resistdamage due (d) Owners of known underground structures which
to handling and soil stress; may be affected by installation of a cathodic protection
(5) haveproperties compatible withanysupple- system shall be notified of said installation, and, where
mental cathodic protection. necessary, joint bonding surveys shall be conducted by
(6) Weldsshall be inspected for irregularities that partiesinvolved.
could protrude through the pipe coating, and any such ( e ) Electrical installations shall be made in accord-
irregularitiesshall be removed. ance with the National Electrical Code, NFPA 70, API
( c ) Pipe coating shall be inspected, bothvisually RP 5 W , and applicable local codes.
and by an electric holiday detector, just priorto:
loweringpipeinto ditch, applying a weightcoating if 461.1.4ElectricalIsolation
used, or submergingthepipe if noweightcoating is (a) Buried or submerged coated piping systems shall
used.Anyholiday or other damage to thecoating be electrically isolated at all interconnections
with
detrimentalto effective corrosion control shall be re- foreign systems, except where arrangements aremade
pairedandreinspected. formutual cathodic protection or whereunderground
(d) Insulatingtype coating, if used, shall havelow metallic structures are electrically interconnectedand
moistureabsorption characteristics andprovide high cathodically protected as a unit.
electricalresistance. Insulating coatings shall be in- (b) An insulating device shall be installedwhere
spected in accordance with established practices at the electrical isolation of a portion of a piping system from
time of application and just prior to lowering pipe into pump stations, storage tanks, and similar installations
ditch, and defects shall be repairedandreinspected. is necessary to facilitate theapplication of corrosion
( e ) Pipe shall be handled and lowered into ditch or control. The insulating device shallnotbeinstalled
submerged so as to prevent damage after the electrical where a combustible atmosphere is anticipatedunless
inspection.Pipe coating shall be protectedfromlow- precautions are takentopreventarcing.
ering-indamage in rough or detrimental environment (c) Consideration shall be givento the prevention
byuseof rock shield, ditchpadding, or anyother of damage to piping systems due to lightning or fault
suitable protectivemeasures. currents when installed in close proximity to electric
fl If coated pipe is installed by boring, driving, or transmission tower footings, ground cables, or counter-
other similar method, precautions shall be takento poise. See NACERP-01-77forguidance when ac
minimizedamage to the coating during installation. If interference problems are suspected. Studies in collabo-
casingis used (seeparas. 434.13.4 and 451.9), carrier rationwith the operator of such electric transmission
pipe shall be independently supported outside each end systems shall be made on common problems of corro-
of the casing and insulated from the casing throughout sionand electrolysis.
thelengthofcased section, and casing endsshall (d) Electricaltestsshall be madeto locate any
be sealedusing a durable, electrically nonconductive unintentional contacts with underground metallic struc-
material. tures, and, if such contacts exist, each one shall be
(g) The backfillingoperation shall be inspectedfor corrected.
quality, compaction, and placement of material to pre- (e) When a pipeline is separated, a bonding conductor
ventdamage to pipe coating. of sufficient current carrying capacity shall be installed
( h ) Where a connection is madeto a coatedpipe, across the points of separation and retained during the
all damaged coating shall be removed and new coating periodof separation.
applied onthe attachments as well as onthepipe.
Leads Test 461.1.5 1981
(98) 461.1.3 Cathodic
Protection
System (a) Exceptwhereimpractical in wet marsh areas,
(a) A cathodicprotectionsystemprovided by a sufficienttestleads shall be installed on allburied or
70

ASME B31.4-199% Edition 461.1.54613
submergedcoatedpiping systems for taking electrical where the need for additional information is indicated.
measurements to indicate adequacyofthe cathodic The type, location, number,and frequency of such
protection. inspections shall be determined by consideration of
(b) Test leads shall be installed as follows. such factors as knowledge of the condition ofthe
( I ) Special attention shall be given to the manner piping system and environment, and public or employee
of installation of test leads used for corrosion control safety in the event of leakage. Corrective measures
or testing,and leads shall be attached to thepipe in shall be in accordancewith para. 464.
such manner as to minimize stress and prevent surface (6) Install cathodic protectionon all buried or sub-
cracks in the pipe. Leads may be attached directly on merged piping systems that are coated with an effective
thepipewiththelowtemperatureweldingprocess external surface coating material, except at pump sta-
using aluminum powder and copper oxide and limiting tions, tank farms, and terminals.All buried or submerged
the charge to a 15 g cartridge, or with soft solders or piping at pump stations, tank farms, and terminals
other materialsthat do notinvolvetemperatures ex- shall be electrically inspectedand cathodic protection
ceeding those for soft solders. installed or augmentedwherenecessary.
(2) Slackshall be provided to prevent test leads (c) Operating pressures on bare piping systems shall
frombeingbroken or damaged during backfilling. notbeincreaseduntilthey are electrically inspected
(3) Leads shall be insulatedfromthe conduit in and other appropriate actions are taken regarding condi-
whichthey are contained. tion of pipe and components. The requirements of para.
(4) Bondpointsshall be madewatertight,and 456 shall also be complied within the event of u p
baredtestleadwires,pipe,and components shall be rating.
protected by electrical insulatingmaterial compatible
with original wireinsulationandpipe coating.
461.3 Monitoring (98)
461.1.6 ElectricalInterference
(a) Cathodic protection facilities for new or existing
(a) If an impressed current type cathodic protection
piping systems shall bemaintained in a serviceable
systemisused,theanodes shall be located so as to condition, and electrical measurements and inspections
minimize adverse effect on existing underground metal- of cathodically protectedburied or submerged piping
licstructures. systems, including tests for stray electrical currents,
(b) The possibility of external corrosion induced by shall be conducted at least each calendar year, but with
stray electrical currents in the earth shall be recognized. intervals not exceeding 15 months, to determine that
See NACERP-01-69andNACERP-01-77 for addi- the cathodic protection system is operating properly
tional guidance. .These stray currents are generated by andthatallburied or submerged piping is protected
sources remote from, and independent of, thepiping in accordance with applicable criteria. Appropriate cor-
system, and are more predominant in highly industrial- rective measures shall betakenwhere tests indicate
ized areas, mining regions, and locales containing high that adequate protection does not exist.
voltage dc electrical power ground beds. Foreign com-
(6) Evidence of adequate level of cathodic protection
panypipeline cathodic protection systems are also a
shall be by one or more of the criteria listed in Criteria
common source of stray earth currents. The protection
for Cathodic Protection, Section 6 in NACERP-01-
ofthe pipingsystem against stray current induced
69, or Section 5 in NACE RP-06-75.
corrosion shall be provided by metallic bonds, increased
cathodic protection, supplementalprotective coatings,
(c) The type,number, location, andfrequencyof
tests shall be adequate to establish with reasonable
insulatingflanges, or galvanic anodes.
accuracy the degree of protection provided on all piping
within the limits of each cathodic protection system,
461.2 ExistingPiping Systems and shall be determined by considering:
The operating companyshall establish procedures ( I ) age of the piping system and operating experi-
for determining the external condition of its existing ence, including bell hole inspections and leakage sur-
buried or submergedpiping systems andtakeaction vey data;
appropriate for the conditions found, including, but not (2) condition of pipe at time of application of
limitedto,the following. cathodic protection and method of applying protection;
(a) Examine and study records available from previ- (3) corrosiveness of environment;
ousinspectionsandconductadditionalinspections (4) probability of loss of protection due to activity
71

4613-4623 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
of other construction, reconstruction, or other causes NACE RP-01-75provides guidance. Frequent scraping,
in the area; pigging, or sphering, dehydration, inhibition, or internal
(5) methodof applying cathodic protection and coating may be usedto limit internal corrosion.
design life of cathodic protection installation; (b) If dehydration or inhibitors are usedto control
(6) publicand employee safety. internal corrosion, sufficientcouponholders or other
(d) Test leads required for cathodic protection shall types of monitoring techniques shall be utilized to
be maintained so that electrical measurementscan be adequately determine the effectiveness oftheinternal
obtainedtoinsure adequate protection. corrosion control program.Inhibitorsshall be selected
(e) Cathodic protection rectifiers or other impressed of a type that will not cause deterioration of any piping
current power source shall be inspected at intervals not component and shall be used in sufficient quantity and
exceeding 2 months. proper quality necessary to mitigate internal corrosion.
(flAllconnected protective devices, includingre- (c) If internal coatings are used to control corrosion,
verse current switches, diodes, and interference bonds, they shall meet the quality specifications and minimum
failure of which would jeopardize structure protection, dryfilm thickness established in theindustryand be
shall be checked at intervals not exceeding 2 months. inspected in accordance withindustryrecommended
Other interference bonds shall be checked at least each practices. Internal coatings shall include provisions for
calendar year but at intervals not exceeding 15 months. joint protectiononpiping joined by welding or other
(g) Bare components in a piping system that are not methods exposing parentmetal at the joints, such as
protected by cathodic protection shall be electrically the use of a suitable corrosion inhibitor.
inspected at intervals not exceeding 5 years. The results (d) For purposes of this Code, liquid anhydrous
ofthisinspectionandleak records forthepiping ammonia shall contain a minimum of 0.2% water by
componentsinspected shall be analyzedtodetermine weight to inhibit stress corrosion cracking. Any added
the location of localizedactive corrosion areas. Cathodic water must be made using steam condensate, deionized,
protectionshall be applied at such areas.Inspections or distilled water.
and analysis of leak and repair records shall be repeated
at intervals not exceeding 5 years. 462.2 ExistingPiping Systems
(h) Buried or submerged piping components exposed
foranyreasonshall be examinedforindications of The operating company shall establishprocedures
external corrosion. Discovery of active corrosion, gen- for determining the corrosive effect of the commodity
eral pitting of the component’s surface, or a leak caused being transported, andtheinternalconditionofits
by corrosion shall be investigated further to determine existing piping systems, and take appropriate action for
the cause and extent of thecorrosion and whether the conditions found, including, but not limited to, the
cathodic protection shall be installed or augmentedto following.
mitigate corrosion or whether piping system or portion Examineandstudy records available fromprevious
thereofshall be treated as indicated in paras.464(b), inspections and conduct additional inspections and in-
vestigations where the need for additional information
(c), and ( 4 .
is indicated. Corrective measures shall be in accordance
withpara. 464.
462 INTERNALCORROSIONCONTROL
462.3 Monitoring
462.1 New Installations
(a) If scraping, pigging, or sphering, dehydration,
(a) Internal corrosion is recognized intheoperation inhibitors, or internal coating are used to control internal
of liquid pipelines, and a commodity that will corrode corrosion in new or existing piping systems, coupons
the internal surfaces of pipe and components in a piping shall be examined or other monitoringtechniquesuti-
system shall not be transportedunless the corrosive lized at intervals not exceeding 6 months to determine
effect ofthe commodity has been investigated and the effectiveness of the protective measures or the
adequate steps taken to mitigateinternal corrosion. It extent of any corrosion. Appropriate corrective measures
is usuallynecessarytocontrolinternalcorrosion in shall be taken where examinations or monitoring tech-
petroleumproductsand liquefied petroleum gas pipe- niques indicate that adequate protection does not exist.
lines to protectproduct quality, preservehigh line ( 6 ) Wheneveranypipe or component in a piping
efficiencies, and prevent corrosion of internal surfaces. system can be visually examined internally, or pipe or
72

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition 462.3465
component is removedfromapipingsystemfor any 464 CORRECTIVEMEASURES

reason,theinternalsurfacesshall be inspectedfor
(a) Criteria on corrosionlimitsanddisposition of
evidence of corrosion,andifcorrosionisfound,the
adjacent pipe or component shall be examined. Discov- corroded pipe are specified in paras. 451.6.2(a)(6) and
eryof active corrosion, general pitting ofthepipe or 45 1.6.2(a)(7).
component surface, or a leak caused by corrosion shall (6) Whereinspections or leakagehistoryindicate
be investigated further to determine the cause and extent thatactivecorrosion of metal is takingplace inany
ofthe corrosionandwhetherstepsshall be taken or portionof a piping system to the extent that a safety
augmented to mitigate corrosion or whether system or hazardislikelytoresult,thatportionofthesystem
portionthereofshall be treated as indicatedinparas. shall be treated as specifiedinpara.451.6.2(a)(6) or
(7),and:
464(b),(c),and ( 4 .
(1) in the case of external corrosion of buried or
submerged piping, cathodic protection shall be installed
463 EXTERNALCORROSIONCONTROLFOR or augmentedtomitigatetheexternalcorrosion;
PIPINGEXPOSEDTOATMOSPHERE (2) in the case of internal corrosion of piping, steps
indicated in para. 462.1 shall be taken or augmented to
463.1 New Installations mitigatetheinternalcorrosion;
(3) inthe caseofexternalcorrosion of piping
Pipe and components that are exposed to the atmo- exposed to the atmosphere, protective coating or paint
sphere shallbe protected from external corrosionby use shall be repaired or appliedtomitigatetheexternal
of corrosion resistant steel or application of protective corrosion.
coating or paintunlesstheoperatingcompanycan (c) Pipe that is replaced because of external corrosion
demonstrate by test, investigation, or experience in area shall be replaced with coatedpipe ifburiedor sub-
of applicationthatacorrosiveatmosphere does not merged, and with corrosion resistant steel pipeor coated
exist. Protective coating or paint shall be applied to a or paintedpipeifexposedtotheatmosphere.
clean surface and shall be suitable material to provide (d) If aportionofthepipingsystemisrepaired,
adequateprotectionfromtheenvironment. reconditioned, or replaced, or operatingpressure is
reducedbecauseofexternal or internalcorrosion,the
463.2 ExistingPipingSystems need for protection of that portion from such corrosion
deteriorationshall be considered,andanyindicated
Pipe and components in existing piping systems that
stepstakentocontrolthecorrosion.
areexposedtotheatmosphereshall be inspectedin
accordancewithaplannedscheduleandcorrective
measures shall be taken in accordance with para. 464. 465 RECORDS
(a) Records and maps showing the location of cathod-
463.3 Monitoring
icallyprotectedpiping,cathodicprotectionfacilities,
Protective coating or paint used to prevent corrosion and neighboring structures affected by or affecting the
ofpipeand componentsexposedtotheatmosphere cathodicprotectionsystemshall be maintainedand
shall be maintained in aserviceablecondition,and retainedfor as long as thepipingsystemremains in
suchprotectivecoating or paint, as well as barepipe service.
andcomponentsnotcoated or painted as permitted (6) Results of tests, surveys and inspections required
underpara.463.1,shall be inspectedatintervalsnot by this Chapter shall be retained as needed to indicate the
exceeding 3 years.Appropriatecorrectivemeasures adequacy of corrosion control measures. The minimum
shall be taken in accordancewithpara.464where retentionperiodshall be 2 years or until theresults
inspectionsindicatethatadequateprotectiondoesnot of subsequent inspections, tests,or surveys are received,
exist. whicheverislonger.
73

ASME B31.4-199% Edition A40&A400.2
CHAPTER IX
OFFSHORE LIQUJD PIPELINE SYSTEMS
A400 GENERAL STATEMENTS buckle arrestor: any deviceattachedto,ormadea

part of, the pipe for the purpose of arresting a propagat-
(a) Chapter IX pertainsonlytooffshorepipeline ing buckle.
systems as definedinpara.A400.1.
(b) This Chapter is organized to parallel the number- buckle detector: any means for detecting dents, exces-
ing and content of the first eight chapters of the Code. siveovalization, or bucklesin apipeline.
Paragraphdesignationsarethesame as thoseinthe extern1 hydrostaticpressure: pressureacting onany
firsteightchapters,withtheprefix“A.” external surface resulting from its submergence
in water.
(c) All provisionsofthefirsteightchaptersofthe
Codearealsorequirements of thisChapterunless jlexible pipe: pipewhichis
specifically modified herein. If the text in this Chapter (a) manufactured as acompositefrom both metal
addsrequirements,therequirementsintheoriginal andnonmetalcomponents;
Chapter with the same title and number also apply. If (b) capable of allowinglargedeflectionswithout
aprovision in thisChapteris inconflict with one or adverselyaffectingthepipe’sintegrity;and
more provisions in other chapters, the provision in this (c) intended to be an integral part of the permanent
Chaptershallapply. liquidtransportationsystem.
(d) It is the intent of this Chapter to provide require- Flexiblepipedoesnotincludesolidmetallicpipe,
ments for the safe and reliable design, installation, and plastic pipe, fiber reinforced plastic pipe, rubber hose,
operation of offshore liquid pipeline systems. It is not or metallicpipeslinedwithnonmetallicliningsor
the intent ofthis Chapter tobe all inclusive. Engineering coatings.
judgment must be used to identify special considerations hyperbaric weld: a weld performed at ambient hydro-
which are notspecificallyaddressed.API RP 11 11 staticpressure.
maybeused as aguide.Itisnottheintentofthis
Chapter topreventthedevelopmentandapplication offshore: theareabeyondthelineofordinaryhigh
ofnewequipmentandtechnology.Suchactivityis wateralongthatportionofthecoastthat is in direct
encouraged as long as the safety and reliability require- contact with the open seas and beyond the line marking
mentsoftheCode aresatisfied. theseawardlimitofinlandcoastalwaters.
offshore pipeline riser: thevertical or near-vertical
A400.1 Scope portionofanoffshorepipeline between theplatform
This Chapter covers the design, material requirements, piping and the pipeline or
at below the seabed, including
fabrication,installation,inspection,testing,andsafety a length of pipe of at least five pipe diameters beyond
aspects ofthe operationandmaintenanceofoffshore the bottom elbow, bend, or fitting. Because of the wide
pipeline systems.For purposes of this Chapter, offshore variety of configurations, the exact location of transition
pipeline systems include offshore liquid pipelines, pipe- among pipeline, pipeline riser, and platform piping must
linerisers,offshoreliquidpumpingstations,pipeline be selected on a case-by-case basis.
appurtenances,pipesupports,connectors,andother offshore pipeline system: includes all components of a
components as addressed specifically in theCode. See pipeline installed offshore for the purpose of transporting
Fig.400.1.2. liquid, other than production facility piping. Tanker or
bargeloadinghosesarenotconsideredpartofthe
A400.2 Definitions offshorepipelinesystem.
Some of the more common terms relating to offshore offshoreplatform: anyfixed or permanentlyanchored
liquidpipelinesaredefinedbelow. structure or artificialislandlocatedoffshore.
75

ASME B31.4-1998Edition
pipe collapse: flattening deformation ofthepipere- may influence the safety and reliability ofan offshore
sulting in loss of cross-sectional strength and circular pipelinesystemare
shape, which is caused by excessive external hydrostatic pressure,
pressureacting alone. temperature,
waves,
platformpiping: onoffshore platforms producing hy-
current,
drocarbons, platformpiping is allliquidtransmission
seabed,
piping and appurtenances between the production facil-
wind,
ity
and
the offshore pipelineriser(s). On offshore
ice,
platforms not producing hydrocarbons, platform piping
seismic activity,
is allliquidtransmissionpipingand appurtenances
platform motion,
between the risers. Because of a wide variety of config-
water depth,
urations,the exact location of the transition between
support settlement,
the offshore pipeline riser(s), platform piping, and pro-
accidentalloads,
duction facility mustbe selected on a case-by-case basis.
marinevessel activity, and
propagating buckle: a buckle which progresses rapidly fishinghecreational activities.
along a pipeline caused by the effect of external hydro- Thedesignofan offshore pipelinesystemisoften
static pressureon a previouslyformedbuckle,local controlled by installation considerations rather than by
collapse, or other cross-sectional deformation. operating load conditions.
pull tube: a conduit attached toan offshore platform
throughwhich a risercan be installed. A401.9 InstallationDesignConsiderations
pull-tube riser: riser pipe or pipesinstalledthrough A401.9.1 Loads for Installation Design. The design
a pulltube(e.g., J tube or I tube). of an offshore pipeline system suitable for safe installa-
rerum interval: statistically determined timeinterval tion and the development of offshore pipeline construc-
between successive events ofdesignenvironmental tion procedures shall be basedon consideration of the
conditions being equaled or exceeded. parameterslisted in paras. A401.9.2 and A401.9.3.
These parameters shall be considered to the extent that
riser: see offshore pipeline riser. they are significant to the proposed system and applica-
sea floor bathymetry: refers to water depths along the ble to themethod of installationbeing considered.
pipelineroute. Allparts of the offshore pipelinesystemshall be
designed for the most critical combinations of installa-
splash zone: the area ofthepipelineriser or other tionand environmental loads, acting concurrently, to
pipeline components that is intermittently wet and dry whichthesystemmay be subjected.
due towaveandtidal action.
trawl board: a structure that is attached to the bottom A401.9.2 Installation Loads. Installationloads
ofcommercialfishingnetsandis dragged alongthe which shall beconsidered are thoseimposed on the
sea floor. pipeline system under anticipated installationconditions,
excluding those resulting fromenvironmental condi-
vortex shedding: the periodic shedding of fluid vortices tions.
andresultingunsteadyflow patterns downstream of a Loadswhichshould be considered as installation
pipeline span. loads include:
( a ) weight, including (as appropriate) theweightof:
A401 DESIGNCONDITIONS f 1 ) pipe;
(2) coatings andtheirabsorbedwater;
A401.1 General (3) attachments to thepipe;and
A401.1.1 OffshoreDesignConditions. A number (4) freshwater or sea water content (if pipeis
of physical parameters, henceforth referred to as design flooded during installation);
conditions, govern designof the offshore pipeline system ( b ) buoyancy;
so that it meets installation, operation, and other post- (c) external pressure;and
installation requirements. Some of the conditions which ( d ) static loads imposedby construction equipment.
76

When considering the effect of pipe andor pipeline A401.10 OperationalDesignConsiderations

component weights (in air and submerged) on installa-
tionstressesandstrains,thevariabilitydue toweight
A401.10.1 Loads for Operational Design. The de-
signofanoffshorepipelinesystemsuitableforsafe
coating, manufacturing tolerances, and water absorption
operation shallbe based on considerationsof the param-
shall also be considered.
eterslisted inparas.A401.10.2andA401.10.3.These
parameters shall beconsideredtotheextentthatthey
A401.9.3 EnvironmentalLoadsDuringInstalla- aresignificanttotheproposedsystem.
tion. Environmental loads which shall be considered are Allpartsoftheoffshorepipelinesystemshall be
those imposed on the pipeline system by environmental designedforthemostcriticalcombinationsofopera-
conditions. Loads which shouldbe considered under this tional and environmental loads, acting concurrently, to
categoryinclude, as appropriate,thosearisingdueto: whichthesystemmaybesubjected.Themost critical
(a) waves; combination will depend upon operating criteria during
(b) current; storm conditions. If full operations are tobe maintained
duringstormconditions,thenthesystemshallbede-
(c) wind;
signed for concurrentaction of fulloperationaland
(d) tides; designenvironmentalloads. If operationsareto be
(e) ice;and reduced or discontinued during storm conditions, then
fl dynamicloadsimposed by constructionequip- thesystemshall be designedforboth:
mentandvesselmotions. (a) full operational loads, plus maximum coincidental
The effects of largetidalchangesandwaterdepth environmentalloads;and
variations on constructionequipmentshall be con- (b) design environmental loads, plus appropriate re-
sidered. ducedoperationalloads.
An appropriate design return interval storm shall be
selectedfortheanticipatedinstallationduration.This A401.10.2 Operational Loads. Operational loads
design return interval shall not be less than three times whichshall be consideredarethoseimposed on the
theexpectedexposureperiodforthepipelineduring pipelinesystemduringitsoperation,excludingthose
installation, or 1 year,whicheverislonger. resultingfromenvironmentalconditions.
Directionofwaves,wind,andcurrentsshall be Loads which should be considered operational loads
consideredtodeterminethemostcriticalexpected include:
combination of the environmental loads to be used with (a) weight, including (as appropriate) the weight of:
theinstallation loads, as described in para.A401.9.1. ( 1 ) pipe;
Loads imposed by construction equipment and vessel (2) coatings and theirabsorbedwater;
motions vary with the construction method and construc- (3) attachments tothepipe;and
tionvesselselected.Thelimitationsandbehavioral (4) transportedcontents;
characteristics of installation equipment shallbe consid- (b) buoyancy;
ered in theinstallationdesign. The effect ofvessel (c) internal and externalpressure;
motions on the pipe and its coating shall be considered. (d) thermalexpansionandcontraction;
Localenvironmentalforcesaresubject toradical (e) residualloads;and
change in offshoreareas. As a result,thosepotential cfl overburden.
changes shouldbe considered during installation contin- Anticipatedimpactloads,such as thosecaused by
gencyplanning as wellasduringinstallationdesign. trawlboards,should be considered as an operational
load.
A401.9.4 Bottom Soils. Soil characteristics shall be
considered in on-bottomstabilityanalysisduringthe
A401.10.3 EnvironmentalLoadsDuringOpera-
tion. Environmental loads which shall be considered are
installation period, span analysis, and when installation
proceduresaredevelopedforthefollowing: those imposed on the pipeline system by environmental
conditions. Loadswhich should be considered under this
(a) riserinstallation in pull tubes; categoryinclude, as appropriate,thosearisingdueto:
(b) laying horizontal curves in thepipelinerouting; (a) waves;
( c ) pipelinebottomtows;and (b) current;
(d) trenchingandbackfilling. ( c ) wind;
77

(d) tides; A401.11.3 EnvironmentalLoadsDuringHydro-

(e) iceloads(e.g.,weight,floatingimpacts, static Test. Environmental loads which shall be consid-
scouring); ered are thoseimposed onthepipelinesystem by
(jJ seismic events; and environmental conditions. Loads which should be con-
( 8 ) dynamically induced soil loads (e.g., mud slides, sideredunder this category include, as appropriate,
soilliquefaction). those arising due to:
An appropriate design return interval storm shall be (a) waves;
selected for the anticipated operational life of the off- (b) current;
shore pipelinesystembutshallnot be less than100 (c) wind;and
years. (d) tides.
Direction of waves,wind,and currents shall be An appropriate design return interval storm shall be
considered to determine the most critical expected selected for the anticipated hydrostatic test duration but
combination of the environmental loads to be used with shall not be lessthan 1 year.
the operations loads, as described in para. A401.10.1. Direction of waves,wind, and currents shall be
A401.10.4 Bottom Soils. When establishing on-bot- considered to determine themost critical expected
tom stability requirements andmaximum allowable combinationofthe environmental loadsto beused
spans for irregular seabeds, consideration shall be given withthehydrostatictestloads, as described in para.
toseabedsoil characteristics. A401.11.1.
A401.11 HydrostaticTestDesignConsiderations A401.11.4 Bottom Soils. When establishing on-bot-

tom stability requirements andmaximum allowable
A401.11.1 Loads for Hydrostatic Test Design. The spans for irregular seabeds, consideration shall be given
design of an offshore pipeline system suitable for safe to seabed soil characteristics.
hydrostatictestingandthe development of offshore
pipelinehydrostatic test proceduresshall be basedon A401.12 Route SelectionConsiderations
consideration of theparameterslisted in paras.
A401.11.2andA401.11.3. These parameters shall be (a) Offshore pipeline routesshall be selected to
considered to the extent that they are significant to the minimizethe adverse effects of:
proposedtest. ( I ) installationand related environmental loads
Allpartsoftheoffshorepipelinesystem shall be (see para. A401.9);
designedforthemost critical combinations ofhydro- (2) operational andrelatedenvironmentalloads
static test and environmental loads, acting concurrently, (see para.A401.10);and
towhichthesystemmay be subjected. (3) hydrostatic test and related environmental loads
A401.11.2 Hydrostatic Test Loads. Hydrostatic test (seepara.A401.11).
loadswhich shall be considered are thoseimposed on (b) Selection of offshore pipelineroutesshallcon-
the offshore pipelinesystemunderanticipatedtest sider the capabilities and limitations ofanticipated
conditions, excluding those resulting from environmen- construction equipment.
tal conditions. (c) Surveys of the pipeline route shall be conducted
Loads whichshould be consideredhydrostatictest toidentify:
loadsinclude: ( I ) seabed materials;
(a) weight, including (asappropriate) the weight of: (2) subsea (including sub-bottom) and surface fea-
(1) pipe; tureswhichmay represent potentialhazardstothe
(2) coatings andtheirabsorbedwater; pipeline construction and operations;
(3) attachments to the pipe; and (3) subsea (including sub-bottom) and surface fea-
(4) freshwater or sea water used forhydro- tures whichmay be adverselyaffected by pipeline
static test; construction and operations, includingarchaeological
(b) buoyancy; and sensitive marine areas;
( c ) internal and external pressure; (4) turningbasins;
(d) thermal expansion and contraction; (5) anchorage areas;
(e) residualloads;and (6) shipping lanes; and
(jJ overburden. (7) foreignpipelineand other utilitycrossings.
78

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition A401.12A402.3.5
(d} Routing shall be selected to avoid, to the extent during installation shall be considered in material selec-
practical, the identifiedhazards. tion in accordancewith the requirements of para.
A423.2. Welding procedures and welddefect acceptance
criteria shall consider theneed to prevent fractures
A402DESIGNCRITERIA during installation. See paras.434.8.5andA434.8.5.
( e ) Design Against Loss of In-Place Stability. Design
A4023 Allowable Stresses and Other Stress Limits against loss of in-place stability shall be in accordance
The allowable stresses andother stress limits given withtheprovisionsofpara.A402.3.5(e), except that
in para.402.3 are superseded by the provisions of the installation design wave andcurrent conditions shall
paras.A402.3.4andA402.3.5. be based upon the provisions of para. A401.9.3. If the
Design and installation analyses shall be based upon pipeline is to be trenched, it shall be designed for
accepted engineering methods,material strengths, and stability during theperiodpriortotrenching.
applicable design conditions. (J Impac?. Duringtheperiodwhenthepipe is
susceptible toimpactdamage during installationand
A402.3.4 Strength Criteria During Installation testing, consideration shall be given to impacts due to:
andTesting ( I ) anchors;
(a) Allowable Stress Values. The maximum longitu- (2) trawl boards;
dinal stress due to axialandbendingloads during (3) vessels;
installation shall be limited to avaluethat prevents (4) ice keels; and
pipe buckling and that will not impair the serviceability (5) other foreignobjects.
of the installed pipeline system. Other stresses resulting (g} Residual Stresses. The pipeline system shall nor-
from pipeline installation activities, such as spans, shall mallybeinstalledinamanner so as to minimize
be limited to the same criteria. Insteadofa stress residualstresses. The exception shall bewhen the
criterion, an allowable installation strain limit may designer purposefully plans for residual stresses (e.g.,
beused. reeledpipe,cold springing of risers, pull-tuberisers).
(b) Design Against Buckling. The offshore pipeline (h) Flexible Pipe. The manufacturer's recommended
system shall be designed and installed in a manner to installationproceduresshould be adhered to during
preventlocalbucklingofthepipewall, collapse, and installation. Flexible pipe shall be designed or selected
column bucklingduring installation. Design andinstalla- to prevent failure due to the combinedeffects of external
tionprocedures shall consider the effect of external pressure, internal pressure, torsional forces, axial forces,
hydrostatic pressure; bending, axial, and torsional loads; andbending.(SeeAPI RP 17B.)
impact; milltolerances in the wall thickness; out-of-
roundness; and other applicable factors. Consideration A402.3.5StrengthCriteriaDuring Operations
shall also be given to mitigationof propagation buckling ( a } Allowable Stress Values. Allowable stress values
which may follow local buckling or denting. The pipe for steel pipe during operation shall not exceed those
wall thickness shall be selected to resist collapse due calculated by the equations in para.A402.3.5(a), (1)
to external hydrostaticpressure. through (3).
(c} Design AgainstFatigue. The pipeline shall be ( I } Hoop Stress. For offshore pipeline systems,
designed and installed to limit anticipated stress fluctua- the tensile hoop stress due to the difference between
tions to magnitudesandfrequencieswhichwillnot internalandexternalpressures shall not exceed the
impair the serviceability of the installed pipeline. Loads valuesgivenbelow.
whichmay cause fatigue includewave action and N O E ; Sign convention is such that tension is positive and compres-
vibrationsinduced by vortexshedding. Pipelines and sion is negative.
riser spans shall be designed to prevent vortex-induced
resonantvibrations, when practical.When vibrations
must be tolerated, the resulting stresses due to vibration
shall be considered. If alternative acceptance standards
for girth welds in API Standard 1104 are used,the
cyclic stress analysis shall include the determination
of apredictedfatiguespectrum to whichthe pipeline
isexposed over itsdesignlife.
(d} Design Against Fracture. Prevention of fractures where
79

TABLE A402.3.5(a)
DESIGN FACTORS FOR OFFSHORE PIPELINE SYSTEMS
~~
Hoop Longitudinal Combined

Location Stress 6 Stress F2 Stress F3
Pipeline 0.72 0.80 0.90

Riser and Platform Piping [Note (1)l 0.60 0.80 0.90
GENERAL NOTE:
I n the setting of design factors, due consideration has been given to, and allowance has been made for, the
underthickness tolerance and maximum allowable depth of imperfections provided for in the specifications
approved by the Code.
NOTE:
(1) Platform piping does not include production facility piping on a platform; see definitions para. A400.2.
S,, = hoopstress, psi (MPa) I I = absolute value

Pi = internaldesign pressure, psi (bar) (3) Combined Stress. For offshore pipeline sys-
P, = external pressure,psi (bar) tems,thecombined stress shall notexceedthevalue
D = nominal outside diameter of pipe, in. (mm) given by the Maximum Shear Stress Equation (Tresca
t = nominal
thickness,
wall in. (mm) Combined
Stress):
FI = hoopstressdesignfactorfromTable
A402.3.5(a)
Sy = specifiedminimumyield strength, psi (MPa)
(2) Longitudinal Stress. For offshore pipeline sys-
tems,thelongitudinal stress shall not exceed values
foundfrom
where
SL = maximumlongitudinal stress, psi (positive
tensile or negative compressive) (MPa)
where = Sa + s b or Sa - sb, whichever results in the
S, = maximumlongitudinal stress, psi (positive larger stress value
tensile or negative compressive) (MPa) Sa = axial stress, psi (positive tensile or negative
= Sa + s b or Sa - sb, whichever results in the compressive) (MPa)
larger stress value = &/A
Sa = axial stress, psi(positive tensile or negative Fa = axial force, Ib (N)
compressive) (MPa) A = pipe cross-sectional area, in.2 (mm2)
= &/A s b = maximum resultant bending stress, psi (MPa)
Fa = axial force, Ib (N) = * / m / z
A = cross-sectional area of pipematerial,in.2 M i = in-planebendingmoment,in.-lb (N.m)
(mm2> M, = out-of-plane bendingmoment,in.-lb (N.m)
Sb = maximum resultant bending stress, psi (MPa) ii = in-plane stress intensification factor from Fig.
= + / W / z 419.6.4(c)
Mi = in-planebendingmoment,in.-lb(N.m) io = out-of-plane stress intensification factor from
M, = out-of-plane bendingmoment,in.-lb (N.m) Fig. 419.6.4(c)
ii = in-plane stress intensification factor from z = section modulus of thepipe, in.3 (cm3)
Fig.419.6.4(c) Sh = hoop stress, psi (MPa)
io = out-of-plane stress intensification factor from S, = specifiedminimumyield strength, psi (MPa)
Fig.419.6.4(c) it = torsional stress, psi (MPa)
Z = sectionmodulusofthe pipe, in.3 (cm3) = M,/Z
Fz = longitudinal stress design factor from Table Mt = torsionalmoment,in.-lb(N.m)
A402.3.5(a) F3 = combined stress design factor from Table
S, = specified minimum yield strength, psi (MPa) A402.3.5(a)
80

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition A40235
Alternatively. theMaximum Distortional Energy (d) Design Against Fracture. Prevention of fractures
Theory(VonMisesCombinedStress)maybeused during operation shallbe considered in material selection
forlimitingcombinedstressvalues.Accordingly,the in accordancewiththerequirementsofpara.A423.2.
combinedstressshouldnotexceedvaluesgiven by: Welding procedures and weld defect acceptance criteria
shallconsidertheneedtopreventfracturesduring
operation.Seeparas.434.8.5andA434.8.5.
(e) Design Against Loss of In-Place Stability
( 1 ) General. Pipeline design for lateral and vertical
(4) Strain. Whenthepipelineexperiencesapre- on-bottom stability is governed bypermanentfeatures
dictablenoncyclicdisplacement of itssupport(e.g., such as sea floor bathymetryandsoilcharacteristics
fault movement along the pipeline route or differential and by transient events, suchas hydrodynamic, seismic,
subsidence along the line) or pipesagbeforesupport and soil behavior events, having a significant probability
contact,thelongitudinaland,combinedstresslimits of occurrenceduringthelife of thesystem.Design
may be replaced with an allowable strain limit, so long conditions tobe considered are provided in para.
as theconsequences ofyielding do not impairthe A402.3.5(e), (2) through (4).
serviceability of the installed pipeline. The permissible Thepipelinesystemshall be designedtoprevent
maximum longitudinal strain depends upon the ductility horizontal and vertical movements or shall be designed
of thematerial,anypreviouslyexperiencedplastic so thatanymovementswill be limitedtovaluesnot
strain,andthebucklingbehaviorofthepipe.Where causing allowable stresses and strains to be exceeded.
plastic strains are anticipated, the pipe eccentricity, pipe Typical factors to be considered in the stability design
out-of-roundness, and the abilityof the weld to undergo include
such strains without detrimental effect should be consid- waveandcurrentforces,
ered. These same criteria maybeapplied to pull tube soilproperties,
or bendingshoerisers or pipeinstalled by thereel scourandresultantspanning,
method. soilliquefaction,and
(b) Design Against Buckling. Thepipelineshall be slopefailure.
designed with an adequate margin of safety to prevent Stability may be obtained by suchmeans as, but
localbucklingofthepipewall,collapse,andcolumn notlimitedto
buckling during operations. Design and operating proce- adjustingpipesubmergedweight,
duresshallconsidertheeffect of externalhydrostatic trenchingand or covering ofpipe,and
pressure;bending,axial,andtorsionalloads;impact; anchoring.
mill tolerances in the wall thickness, out-of-roundness, When calculating hydrodynamic forces, the fact that
andotherapplicablefactors.Considerationshallalso waveforces vary spatiallyalongthelength ofthe
be given to mitigation ofpropagationbucklingwhich pipeline may be takenintoaccount.
may followlocalbuckling or denting.Thepipewall Two on-bottom stability design conditions that shall
thicknessshall be selectedtoresistcollapsedueto be consideredareinstallationandoperational.
externalhydrostaticpressure. ( 2 ) Design Wave and Current Conditions. Opera-
(c) Design Against Fatigue. Thepipelineshall be tionaldesignwaveandcurrentconditionsshall be
designed and operated tolimit anticipated stress fluctua- based upon an event having a minimum return interval
tionstomagnitudesandfrequencieswhich will not of
not lessthan 100 years.Themostunfavorable
impairtheserviceability ofthepipeline.Loadswhich expectedcombination ofwaveand current conditions
may cause fatigue include internal pressure variations, shall beused.Maximumwaveandmaximumcurrent
wave action,andpipevibration,suchasthatinduced conditionsdo notnecessarilyoccursimultaneously.
by vortexshedding.Pipeandriserspansshall be When selecting the most unfavorable condition, consid-
designed so that vortex-induced resonant vibrations are eration mustbegiventothetimingofoccurrenceof
prevented,wheneverpractical. When vibrationsmust thewaveandcurrentdirectionandmagnitude.
be tolerated, the resulting stresses due to vibration shall (3) Stability Against Waves and Currents. The
be considered inthecombinedstresscalculations in submergedweight of thepipeshall be designed to
para. A402.3.5(a). In addition, calculated fatigue failure resist or limit movement to amounts which do not cause
shallnotresultduringthedesignlifeofthepipeline the longitudinal and combined stresses, as calculated by
andrisers. the equations in para. A402.3.5(a), to exceed the limits
81

A4023.5-A4023.7 ASME B31.4-1998 E d i t h
specified in para.A402.3.5(a). The submergedweight (6) Bottom Soils. The pipe-soil interaction factors
maybe adjusted by weight coating and/orincreasing that are used shallbe representative ofthebottom
pipe wall thickness. Hydrodynamic forces shall be based conditions at the site.
on the wave and current values for the design condition (J Impact. During operations, consideration shall be
at thelocation. See para.A402.3.5(e)(2). given to impacts due to:
Waveand current direction and concurrence shall ( I ) anchors;
be considered. (2) trawl boards;
The pipeline and its appurtenances may belowered (3) vessels;
belowbottomgrade to provide stability. (4) ice keels; and
Backfill or other protective covering options shall (5) other foreign objects.
use materialsand procedures which preclude damage
to thepipelineand coatings. A402.3.6 Design for ExpansionandFlexibility.
Anchoring may be used alone or in conjunction with Unburied subsea pipeline systems and platform piping
other options to maintain stability. The anchorsshall shall be considered as “aboveground piping” [see para.
bedesigned to withstand lateral andvertical loads 419.l(a), (b), and (d)] wheresuchdefinitionis appli-
expectedfromthedesignwaveand current condition. cable.
Anchorsshall be spaced to prevent excessive stresses Thermal expansion and contraction calculations shall
in thepipe. Scour shallbe considered in thedesign consider the effects of fully saturated backfill material
of the anchoring system. The effect of anchors on the on soilrestraint.
cathodic protectionsystem shall be considered. Allowable strength criteria shall be in accordance
Intermittent block type, clamp-on, or set-on weights with para. A402.3.5 in lieu of the allowables listed in
(river weights) shall not be used on offshore pipelines para. 419.6.4. Equations in para. 419.6.4arevalidfor
wherethereis a potential for theweight to become calculating theindicated stresses. See paras. A401.10
unsupportedbecauseof scour. andA401.11 for loadswhichmustbe considered in
(4) Shore Approaches. Pipe in the shore approach design. Where appropriate, allowable strain criteria in
zone shall be installed on a suitable above-water struc- para. A402.3.5(a)(4) may be used in lieuof allowable
ture or lowered or bored to the depth necessary to stress criteria.
prevent scouring, spanning, or stability problems which Whenan offshore pipelineisto be laid across a
affect integrity and safe operation of the pipeline during known fault zone or in anearthquake-prone area,
its anticipated service life. Seasonal variation inthe consideration shall be given to the need for flexibility
near-shore thickness ofsea floor sediments and shoreline in the pipeline system and its components to minimize
erosion over thepipeline service life shall be considered. the possibility of damage due to seismic activity. Flexi-
(5) Slope Failure and Soil Liquefaction. The pipe- bility in the pipeline system may be provided by
lines shall be designed for slope failure in zones where installation of the pipeline on or above the seabed and/
they are expected (mud slide zones, steep slopes, areas or by use of breakaway couplings, slack loops, flexible
of seismic slumping). If it is not practical to design pipe sections, or other site-specificsolutions.
thepipeline system to survive the event, the pipeline
shall be designed for controlled breakaway with provi- A402.3.7 Design of Clamps and Supports. Clamps
sions tominimize loss of the pipelinecontents. and supports shall be designedsuchthat a smooth
Designforthe effects of liquefaction shallbeper- transfer of loads is made from the pipeline or riser to
formedfor areas ofknown or expected occurrence. the supporting structure without highly localizedstresses
Soil liquefactionnormally results from cyclic wave due to stress concentrations. Whenclampsareto be
overpressures or seismic loading of susceptible soils. welded to thepipe,they shall fully encircle the pipe
The bulkspecificgravity ofthepipelineshallbe and be welded to the pipe by a full encirclement weld.
selected, or alternative methods shall be selected to The support shall be attached to the encircling member
ensure bothhorizontal and vertical stability. andnotthe pipe.
Seismic design conditions used to predict the occur- All welds to the pipe shall be nondestructively tested.
renceofbottomliquefaction or slope failureshall be Clamps and supports shallbedesigned in accordance
at least as severe as those used for the operating design withthe requirements ofAPI RP 2A-WSD.
strength calculations for the pipeline. Occurrence of Clamps and support design shall consider the corro-
soilliquefaction due to wave overpressures shall be sive effects of moisture-retaining gaps and crevices and
basedon a storminterval ofnot less than100years. galvanically dissimilar metals.
82

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition A4023.8-A40S.2.1
A402.3.8 Design of Connectors and Flanges. Con- used in lieu of allowable stress criteria. Where crossing
nectorsandflangesshallbedesigned or selectedto pipelines are governed by different codes, the allowable
provide the smooth transfer of loads and prevent exces- stress limits shall bein accordance with the provisions
sivedeformationoftheattachedpipe. ofthe applicable code.
A402.3.9 Design of Structural Pipeline Riser Pro-
A402.4 Allowances
tectors. Where pipeline risers are installed in locations
subject to impact from marine traffic, protective devices A402.4.3 WeldJointFactors. Pipe with a weld
shall be installed inthezonesubjecttodamage to jointfactorlessthan1(Table402.4.3)shallnotbe
protectthepipeandcoating. usedin offshorepipelinesystems.
A4023.10 DesignandProtection of Special As-
semblies. Design of special assemblies, suchas connec- A404 PRESSUREDESIGNOFCOMPONENTS
tions, subsea tie-in assemblies, subsea valves, expansion
loops,seabedriserconnections,andsubseapipeline
manifolds,shallconsidertheadditionalforcesand A404.1 Straight Pipe
effectsimposed by asubseaenvironment.Suchaddi- A404. 1.1 General
tional considerations include design storm currents and (b) For offshorepipelinesystems,theapplicable
potentialforseabedmovement in softsediments,soil allowablestressvaluespecifiedanddefined inpara.
liquefaction,increasedpotentialforcorrosion,thermal 404.1.l(b) shall be as follows:
expansion and contraction, and stress due to installation
procedures.
Appropriate measures shall be taken to protect special
assemblies in areaswheretheassembliesaresubject
where F, and Sy aredefinedinpara.A402.3.5.
to damage by outside forces, suchas fishing and marine
constructionactivities.
A404.3 Intersections
A402.3.11 Design of Flexible Pipe. Due to its com-
A404.3.1 BranchConnections
posite makeup, the mechanical behavior of flexible pipe
is significantly different from that of steel pipe. Flexible (d) Reinforcement of Single Openings
pipe may be used for offshore pipelines if calculations ( I ) Pipe that has been cold-worked solely for the
andor test results verify that the pipe can safely with- purpose of increasingtheyieldstrengthtomeetthe
stand loads considered in paras. A401.9, A401.10, and specifiedminimumyieldstrengthisprohibited in off-
A401.11. Careful consideration should be given to the shoreliquidpipelinesystems.Thisdoesnotpreclude
useofflexiblepipeduetoitspermeablenatureand the use of pipe that has been cold-worked specifically
possible rapid decompression failure of the liner material forthepurposeofmeetingdimensionalrequirements.
andcollapseoftheinnerlinerduetoresidualgas ( e ) Reinforcement of Multiple Openings
pressure in the annulus upon pipeline depressurization. (4) Pipe that has been cold-worked solely for the
(See APIRP 17B.) purpose ofincreasingtheyieldstrengthtomeetthe
specified minimum yieldstrengthisprohibited in off-
A4023.12 Design of PipelineCrossings. Subsea shoreliquidpipelinesystems.Thisdoesnotpreclude
pipeline crossings shall be designed to provide a mini- the use of pipe that has been cold-worked specifically
mum 12 in. (300 mm)separationbetweenthetwo forthepurposeofmeetingdimensionalrequirements.
lines.Dielectricseparation ofthetwo pipelinesshall
be considered indesignofpipelinecrossings.Soil
settlement, scour, and cyclical loads shallbe considered A405 PIPE
in thedesignofpipelinecrossings in ordertoensure
that the separation is maintained for the design life of A4052 MetallicPipe
bothlines.
Whentwoliquidpipelinescross,thelongitudinal A405.2.1 Steel Pipe
stress and combined stress, as calculated by the equa- (a) The provisions of para. 405.2.1(a) are superseded
tions inpara.A402.3.5(a),shallnotexceedthelimits by the following. New pipe of the specifications listed
specified in Table A402.3.5(a). Where appropriate, al- in Table 423.1may be used in accordancewiththe
lowablestraincriteriainpara.A402.3.5(a)(4)maybe design equations of para. 404.1.2 subject to para.
83

A405.2.1-A4103 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
A404.1. I and to thetestingrequirements of paras. A408FLANGES,FACINGS,GASKETS,AND

437.1.4(a)( I), 437.1.4(a)(2), 437.1.4(a)(4), 437.1.4(a)(5), BOLTING
437.1.4(b),437.1.4(c),437.4.1,andA437.1.4.
(c) Para. 405.2.1(c) does notapply. A408.1Flanges
(d) Pipethathas been cold-workedsolely for the
purposeofincreasingtheyieldstrength to meetthe A408.1.1General. Paragraph 408.1.l(c) does not
specifiedminimumyield strength isprohibited in off- apply. Cast iron or ductile ironflanges are prohibited
shore liquid pipeline systems. This does not preclude for applications in offshore liquidpipelinesystems.
the use of pipe that has been cold-worked specifically
for thepurpose of meeting dimensional requirements. A408.3FlangeFacings
A408.3.1General
A405.3 Flexible Pipe (c) Ring joint-type flanges are preferred in offshore
Selection of flexible pipe shall be in accordance with liquidpipelinesystems.
API RP 17B.(See also para. A402.3.11.)
A409USEDPIPINGCOMPONENTSAND
EQUIPMENT
A406
FITTINGS, ELBOWS, BENDS,
AND Used
piping components, such as fittings,
elbows,
INTERSECTIONS closures,
reducers,
intersections,
couplings,
bends,
flanges, valves, and equipment, may be reused as noted
in para. 409, except that the reuse of pipingcomponents
A406.2
Bends,
Miters, and Elbows unknown
of specification
prohibited
is in offshore liquid
pipelinesystems.
A406.2.2 Mitered Bends. Mitered bends are prohib-
ited in offshoreliquidpipeline systems.
A410OTHERDESIGNCONSIDERATIONS
A406.4Reductions
A406.4.2 Orange Peel Swages. Orange peel swages A410.1 pigs andInternalInspectionTools
are prohibited in offshore liquid pipeline systems, other When specifying in-line piping components for off-
than temporary construction components or other non- shore pipelines, consideration shall be giventothe
pressure-containingcomponents. need for runningpipeline pigs andinternalinspection
tools. Selectionofbend radius, launcherand receiver
A406.6Closures traps,bend configuration, internal diameter variations
A406.6.4FabricatedClosures. Orangepeel bull (including ovality), and other internal obstructions shall
plugsandfishtailsareprohibited in offshore liquid allowthepassage of such devices, except where not
pipeline systems, other thantemporaryconstruction practical.
components or othernon-pressure-containingcompo-
nents. A410.2 Special Components
System components which are not specificallycov-
ered in this Code shall bevalidated for fitness by
either:
A407VALVES (a) documented full-scale prototype testingofthe
components or special assemblies; or
(b) a documentedhistory of successful usage of
these components or special assemblies produced by
A407.1General
the same design
- method.
Paragraph 407.l(b) does not apply. Cast iron or Documentationshallincludedesignandinstallation
ductile iron valves are prohibitedfor applications in methods whichhavebeenprovenforthe service for
offshoreliquidpipeline systems. which the componentisintended.
84

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition A4102-A434.6
Care should be exercised in any new application of consideration of additional limitations or requirements
existing designs to ensure suitability for the intended for pipe may include one or more of the following:
service. (a) wall thickness tolerance;
(b) outside diameter tolerance;
A414THREADEDJOINTS (c) out-of-roundness tolerance;
(d) maximumandminimumyieldandtensile
A414.1General strengths;
(e) pipechemistry limitations;
Threaded connections for in-line piping component IJ' I fracture toughness;
sizes, NPS 2 (60.3mm) or larger, are prohibited in
(g) hardness;and
offshore pipeline systems, except as permitted in para.
A410.2. (h) pipe mill hydrostatic testing and other nondestruc-
tivetesting.
For sour service (H2S), refer to NACE MR-01-75.
A419EXPANSIONANDFLEXIBILITY
See para.A402.3.6foradditional provisions.
A434CONSTRUCTION
A421DESIGN OF PIPE-SUPPORTING
ELEMENTS
See para.A402.3.7foradditional provisions. A434.2Inspection
Repairs required during new construction shall also
be in accordance withparas. A434.8 and A461.1.2.
A423MATERIALS - GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS
A434.3 Right-of-way
A423.1AcceptableMaterials and Specifications A434.3.3Survey and Staking or Marking. The
route of the offshore pipeline shall be surveyed, and
Concrete weight coating materials (cement, aggregate,
the pipeline shall be properly located within the right-
reinforcing steel) shall meet or exceed the requirements
of-way by maintainingsurvey route markers or by
of applicable ASTM standards.
surveying during installation.
Flexible pipe shall be manufacturedfrommaterials
meeting therequirements ofAPI RP 17BandASTM
A434.4Handling,Hauling,Stringing, and Storing
or ASME standards applicable to the materials selected
by the designer. Transportation by truck or other road vehicles, rail
cars, andmarine vessels shall be performed in such a
A423.2LimitationsonMaterials manner as toavoid damage to the pipeandany
preapplied coatings. Transportation of line pipe shall
"Unidentified" pipe, plastic pipe, ASTM A 120 pipe,
conform to the requirements of API RP 5LW or API
plastic pipewithnonmetallic reinforcement, cast iron
RP 5L1, as applicable.
pipe, ductile iron pipe, andpipethathas been cold-
worked in order to meetthespecifiedminimumyield
A434.6Ditching
strength are prohibited in offshore liquidpipeline sys-
tems. This does not preclude the use of pipe that has The provisions of para. 434.6 are not applicable for
been cold-worked specificallyfor the purpose of meeting offshore pipelines. Offshore pipelines shouldbe trenched
dimensional requirements. where necessary for stability, mechanical protection, or
In addition to therequirementscontained in refer- preventionof interference withmaritime activities.
enced standards, certain other requirements maybe The methodsand details of the pipeline trenching
considered for components used offshore, depending and lowering operations shall be based on site-specific
onwater depth, watertemperature, internal pressure, conditions. Methods and details shall be selected to
product composition, product temperature, installation prevent damagetothepipe, coating, and pipeline
methodand/or other loading conditions. For example, appurtenances.
85

A434.7-A434.143 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
A434.7 Miters,
and
Bends, Elbows A434.11 Backfilling
Miterbendsshall not be used in offshore liquid Backfillingoftrenched offshore pipelines is not
pipeline systems. normallyrequiredbut may sometimes be utilizedto
provide additional stability or protection.
A434.7.1 BendsMadeFromPipe
A434.13 SpecialCrossings
(a) Pipethathasbeen cold-worked solelyforthe
purpose of increasingtheyield strength tomeetthe A434.13.1 WaterCrossings. para.
See
specifiedminimumyield strength isprohibited in off- A402.3.5(e)(3) concerning theuseofriverweights.
shore liquidpipelinesystems. This does not preclude
theuseof pipethathasbeen cold-worked specifically A434.14 OffshorePipelineConstruction
for thepurposeofmeeting dimensional requirements. A434.14.1 PipeDepthandAlignment. Plans and
specifications shall describe alignment ofthe pipeline,
A434.8 Welding
its design depth below mean water level, and the depth
A434.8.3 WeldingQualifications. Weldingproce- below the sea bottom, if trenching is prescribed. Special
dures and weldersperforminghyperbaricwelding on consideration shall be given to depth ofcoverand
offshorepipeline systems shall be qualified in accord- other means of protecting the pipeline in the surf zone
ance withthetesting provisions of either API Std. and other areas ofpotentialhazardssuch as near
1104 or ASME Section IX, as supplemented byAWS platforms, anchorage areas, andshipping fairways.
D3.6for Type “ 0 ’ welds.
A434.14.2 Installation Procedures and Equipment
A434.8.5 WeldingQuality Selection. Installation procedures shall be prepared prior
(a) Inspection Methods tobeginning construction. Installationproceduresshall
(2) Welds in offshore pipeline systems may also address the design considerations in para. A401.9 and
be evaluated onthebasisofpara. A434.8.5(b). strength considerations in para.A402.3.4.
( 4 ) The requirements of para. 434.8.5(a)(4) are A434.14.3 Movement of Existing Pipelines.Consid-
superseded by the followingprovisions. All circumferen- eration should be given to reducing operating pressures
tialwelds on offshore pipeline systems shallmeet the in the existing pipelines to obtain the lowest practical
requirements in para.434.8.5(a)for a pipelinewhich stress levelspriortomovementofthe existing lines.
would operateat a hoop stress of more than20%of Whether the pipelinepressureisreduced or not, the
the specified minimum yield strength ofthe pipe. One following steps should be takenpriortomovementof
hundred percent of the total number of circumferential the existing lines:
butt welds on offshore pipeline systems shall be nonde-
(a) perform a physical survey to determine the actual
structively inspected, if practical; but inno caseshall
position of the pipeline;
less than 90% of such weldsbe inspected. The inspection
(b) determine wall thickness and mechanical proper-
shall cover 100% of the length of such inspected weld.
ties of the existing pipelinesection to bemoved;
(b) Standards of Acceptability. For girthwelds in
( c ) investigate possible pipe stress that may exist in
offshore pipeline systems, alternative flawacceptance
thepipeline in itspresent condition;
limits may be basedupon fracture mechanics analysis
(d) calculate additional stresses imposed by the pro-
andfitness-for-purpose criteria as described by API
posedmovement operation; and
Std. 1104. Such alternative acceptance standards shall be
supported by appropriate stress analyses, supplementary (e) prepare a detailedprocedurefortheproposed
welding procedure testrequirements, and nondestructive movement.
examinations beyond the minimum requirements speci- Investigation of the possiblepipe stresses that may
fied herein. The accuracyofthenondestructivetech- be induced in the existing pipeline during the relocation
niques for flaw depthmeasurementshallbeverified. should be performed regardless of the anticipated inter-
nal pressure. This investigation should consider appro-
A434.8.9 StressRelieving priate elevation tolerances for the lowering. Pipe stresses
(a) On offshore pipeline systems, the demonstration resulting fromtherelocationshouldnotexceedthe
specified in para. 434.8.9(a) shall be conducted on criteria in para.A402.3.4,andpipe stresses resulting
materialsandunderconditions which simulate,as from existing pipelineoperation after loweringshould
closely as practical,theactualproductionwelding. notexceed the criteria in para.A402.3.5.
86

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition A434.1SA437.6
A434.15 Block andIsolating Valves spected for protection against damage by outside forces,
such as fishingand other marine activities.
A434.15.1 General
(a) Blockand isolating valves shall be selected to
providetimely closure and to limit bothproperty and A437 TESTING
environmental damage and provide safety under emer-
gency conditions.
A437.1 General
(b) On offshore platforms, consideration shall be
given to locating blockand isolating valves, or valve A437.1.4 TestingAfterNewConstruction
operator controls where used, in areas that are readily (a) Systems or Parts of Systems
accessible underemergency conditions. ( 3 ) Provisionsofpara.437.1.4(a)(3) are super-
(c) Submergedvalvesshall be marked or spotted seded by the following. All pipe and pressure-containing
by survey techniques and recordedonpermanently piping components shall be tested in accordance with
retained as-built records to facilitate location when the provisions of para.437.1.4(a)(2).
operationis required. (6) Testing Tie-tns. Nonweldedtie-in connections
shall be observed for leaks at operating pressure. Tie-
A434.18 LineMarkers in weldsand girth welds joining lengthsofpretested
Line markers are notrequired on offshore pipeline pipe shall be inspectedby radiographic or other accepted
systems. nondestructivemethods in accordancewithpara.
A434.8.5(a)(4), if systemisnotpressure-tested after
tie-in.
A436 INSPECTION ( d ) Hydrostatic Test Medium. The hydrostatic test
medium for all offshore pipeline systems shall be water,
A436.2 Qualification of Inspectors except in arctic areas. Additivesto mitigate theeffects of
corrosion, biofouling, and freezing should beconsidered.
In addition to the requirements of para. 436.2 offshore
Such additives should be suitable for themethodsof
inspection personnel shall be capable of inspecting the
disposal of thetestmedium.
following, as applicable:
offshore vesselpositioning systems; In arctic areas where freezing of water is a restraint,
diving operations; the use of air, inert gas, or glycol is allowable, provided
appropriate detail considerations are addressed.
remotely operated vehicle (ROV) operations;
pipeline trenching andburial operations; Disposal of all materials shall be done in an environ-
special services for testing and inspection ofoffshore mentally safe manner.
pipeline facilities, such as subsea pipeline lateral tie-ins, ( e ) Diameter Restrictions. Testing for buckles, dents,
and subsea pipeline crossings as may be required; and and other diameter restrictions shall be performed after
pipelay parameters. installation. Testing shall be accomplished by passing
a deformation detection device throughthe pipeline
A436.5 Type and Extent of ExaminationRequired section, or by other methods capable of detecting a
change in pipe cross-section. Pipehaving deformation
A436.5.1 Visual which affects the serviceability of the pipeline facilities
(b) Construction shall be repaired or replaced. Consideration should also
(9) When offshore pipelines are trenched, the con- be given to repairing ovality which may interfere with
dition ofthetrench,trenchdepth,and fit of the pipe pigging operations or internal inspections.
to thetrenchshall be inspectedwhen feasible.
(11) When offshore pipelines are tobebackfilled, A437.4 TestPressure
the backfilling operations shall be inspected for quality
of backfill,possibledamage to thepipe coating, and A437.4.3 Leak Testing. Provisions of para. 437.4.3
depth of cover. are not applicable for offshore pipeline systems.
(12) Pipelines shall be inspected for spans.
A437.6 QualificationTests
(13) Pipeline crossings shall be inspected for speci-
fied separation. Pipe ofunknownspecificationandASTM A 120
(15) Where specified, special assemblies and protec- specificationpipeare not allowed in offshore pipeline
tionmeasures as described in A402.3.10 shall be in- systems. See para. A423.1.
87

A437.7Records struction activity other thanthatperformed by the

operator, and any other factors affecting the safety and
“As-built” records shall also include the location of
operation of the pipeline. Consideration shouldbe given
anodes andbuckle arrestors (if used) by pipe joint
to increased patrols in areas more susceptible to damage
installationsequence. Subsea valve,tie-in,andother
by outside forces. Such areas arelisted in A451.11.
special assembly locations shall be recorded by coordi-
nates.
A451.6PipelineRepairs
A451.6.1General. Additionalrequirements for re-
A450OPERATIONANDMAINTENANCE pairs to offshore pipeline systems are as follows:
PROCEDURESAFFECTINGTHE Repair operations shall not result in imposed defor-
SAFETYOFLIQUIDTRANSPORTATION mationswhichwouldimpairtheintegrityofthe pipe
PIPINGSYSTEMS materials, and weight or protective coating.
Subsea equipment usedin the repairof offshore
A450.2 OperationandMaintenancePlansand pipeline systems shall be carefully controlled and moni-
Procedures tored to avoid damaging the pipeline, external coating,
Theprovisionsofparas. 450.2(d), 450.2(e), and or cathodic protection system.
450.2(i) are superseded by thefollowing: When lifting or supporting pipe during repairs, the
(d) Have a planforreviewing conditions affecting curvature of a pipe sag bendandoverbend shall be
the integrity and safetyof the pipeline system, including controlled to prevent overstressing, denting, or buckling
provisions for periodic patrolling and reporting of con- the pipe or damaging the coating.Lifting equipment
struction activity and changes in conditions. shall be selectedtocomplywiththisrequirement.
(e) Establish and maintainliaisons with local offshore Waveand current loads shall be considered in
authorities who issue permits in order to prevent acci- determining total imposed stresses and cyclical loadings
dents caused bynew construction. Establish and main- in both surface and subsurface repairs.
tainliaisonswith available offshore firefightingand Whenpipeisrepaired damaged coating shall be
pollutioncontrol entities. repaired.
( i ) In establishing plans and procedures, give particu- Replacement pipe andcomponents shall be protected
lar attention to those portions of the system presenting from corrosion.
the greatest hazard to the public and to the environment Consideration shouldbegiven to obtaining pipe-to-
in the event of emergencies or because of construction water potentials during the repair operations to verify
or extraordinarymaintenancerequirements. conformance to cathodic protectionrequirements.
A451.6.2Disposition of Defects
A451PIPELINEOPERATIONAND (b) Allowable Pipeline Repairs
MAINTENANCE (4) Patches shall not be used on offshore pipeline
systems.
A451.3Markers (6) Partial encirclement half soles shall not be
used on offshore pipelinesystems.
The provisions of para. 45 1.3 do not apply to offshore (c) Repair Methods
pipeline systems. (5) Patches shall not be usedon offshore pipeline
systems.
A451.4 Right-of-way Maintenance (8) Welded fittings allowed by para. 451.6.2(~)(8)
The provisions of para.45 1.4 do not apply tooffshore to cover defects shall not be used in offshore pipeline
pipeline systems. systems.
(13) Half soles for repairs in offshore pipeline
A451.5Patrolling systems are prohibited.
(a) The provisions of para. 45 1.5(a)and (b) are A451.6.4Repair of Flexible Pipe
superseded by the following. Each offshore pipeline (a) MajorStructuralDamage. If the serviceability
system operator shall maintain a periodic pipeline patrol of the flexiblepipeisimpaired,thedamagedpipe
program to observe surface conditions on, and adjacent sectionshall be replaced.
to,the pipeline right-of-way,indicationofleaks,con- (b) Surface Cuts. In the event of surface cuts and
88

ASME 831.4-1998 Edition A451.6A-A460
abrasions which do not expose the load-carrying mem- ering the line, installing temporary or permanent warning
bers to potential corrosion, the repair shall
be performed markers or buoys, or usingothersuitablemeans.
in a mannerrecommendedbythemanufacturer. Whensuch studiesindicatethefacilityis in an
unsatisfactorycondition,aplannedprogramshall be
A451.7Derating a Pipeline to aLowerOperating initiated to abandon, replace,or repair. If such a facility
PreSsUlX? cannot be repaired or abandoned, the maximum allow-
able operating pressure shall be reduced commensurate
(c) If a component is installed during the repair that withtherequirementsdescribedinparas.451.7and
has a maximum pressure rating less than the allowable A45 1.7.
operatingpressureofthepipeline,thepipelineshall Offshorepipelinerisersshall be visuallyinspected
be deratedtothepressureratingofthecomponent, annuallyforphysicaldamageandcorrosion in the
analyzed in accordancewith 451.l(a). splashzoneandabove.Considerationshouldalsobe
giventoperiodicvisualinspection of thesubmerged
A451.8ValveMaintenance zone of the riser. The extent of any observed damage
shall be determined,andiftheserviceabilityofthe
Provisions ofpara.451.8 donotapplytooffshore
riser is affected, the riser shall be repaired or replaced.
pipelinesystems.Pipelineblockvalvesthatwouldbe
Considerationshould be giventotheperiodicuse
required by theEmergencyPlan(seeparas.454and
of internalorexternalinspectiontoolstomonitor
A454)tobeoperatedduring an emergencyshall be
externalandinternalpipelinecorrosionandtodetect
inspectedperiodically,and fully or partiallyoperated
otherunsafeconditions.
at least once a year.
A451.9RailroadsandHighwaysCrossingExisting A452OFFSHOREPLATFORM,PUMP
Pipelines STATION,TERMINAL,ANDTANK
FARMOPERATIONAND
The provisionsof para. 451.9 do not apply to offshore
pipelinesystems. MAINTENANCE
A451.10 Wshore PipelineRisers A452.5Fencing
Theprovisions ofpara.451.10 do notapply to Fencingisnotapplicableforoffshorefacilities.

offshorepipelinesystems.
A452.7Prevention of AccidentalIgnition
A451.11Inspection Smoking shall be prohibited in all areas of offshore
As a means of maintaining the integrity of its pipeline facilities inwhichthe possible leakage or presence of
system,eachoperatingcompanyshallestablishand vaporconstitutesafire or explosionhazard.
implement procedures for continuing surveillance of its
facilities.Studiesshall be initiatedandappropriate A454EMERGENCYPLAN
actiontakenwhenunusualoperatingandmaintenance
conditions occur,
such as failures,leakagehistory, (d) The provisions ofpara.454(d) do notapplyto
unexplained changes in flow or pressure, or substantial offshorepipelinesystems.
changes in cathodicprotectionrequirements. (e)
Consideration should be given to inspection of pipe- (5) The provisions of para. 454(e)(5) do not apply
linesandpipelineprotectionmeasures in areasmost to offshore pipeline systems. To minimize public expo-
susceptibletodamage by outsideforces.Suchareas sure to injury and to prevent accidental ignition, provi-
may includeshorecrossings,areasnearplatforms, sions for halting or diverting marine vessel traffic shall
shipping fairways, pipeline crossings, span rectifications, be included intheEmergencyPlan.
subseaassemblies,andshallowwaterareas. Ifthe
operatingcompanydiscoversthatthecoverorother A460GENERAL
conditions do notmeettheoriginal design,itshall
determine whether the existing conditions are unaccept- (a) In addition totheprovisionsofpara.460(a),
able.Ifunacceptable,theoperatingcompanyshall special considerations shallbe given to corrosion control
provideadditionalprotection by replacingcover,low- of offshore pipeline systems because they cannot easily
89

A46(LA461.15 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
be inspected after installation and there is the possibility shall be taken to minimize damageto the coating during
of damage to the coating system. Special attention shall installation. Consideration should be given to insulating
be given to the selection, design, andapplicationof the carrier pipe from the casing pipe when the carrier
corrosion control coatings, the cathodic protection sys- pipeispulled into directionally drilled crossings or
tem,andother corrosion designelements. pull-tube risers. Consideration should also be given to
( c ) NACE RP-06-75 provides a guide for procedures preventing oxygenreplenishment in thewater in the
to implement requirements hereinand to monitorand annulus between carrier pipe and casing by sealing at
maintain cathodic protection systems for offshore pipe- least one end of pull-tube risers and directionally drilled
linesystems. crossings, or other measures to prevent corrosion.
(g) The provisions of para. 461.1.2(g) do not apply
to offshore pipeline systems. Inthe event that backfilling
A461EXTERNALCORROSIONCONTROL is required, measures shall be taken to prevent damage
FOR OFFSHORE SUBMERGED to pipeline coating.
PIPELINES
A461.1.3CathodicProtection System
A461.1NewInstallations (a) In addition to the provisions of para. 461.1.3(a),
an offshore pipeline is considered to be cathodically
A461.1.1General protected when it meets one or moreof the criteria
(a) The provisions of para. 461.1.l(a) do not apply established in NACE RP-06-75. Where impressed cur-
to offshore pipeline systems. All submerged steel pipe, rent systems are used, the system shall be designed to
valves, and relatedfittings shall be externally coated minimize outages. The design formula for galvanic
andcathodicallyprotected. anode systems shall include the percentage of exposed
(c) Provisions of para. 461.1.l(c) do notapplyto pipe, current output of the anodes, designlifeof
offshore pipeline systems. A minimum clearance of 12 the system, anode material, andutilizationefficiency.
in. (300 mm) shall be maintained between the outside Anodes should be compatible with the operating temper-
of any offshore pipelineandany other structure that ature of thepipelineandthemarine environment.
may affect the cathodic protection of the offshore Consideration should be given to the effects on cathodic
pipeline, except where impractical (e.g., bundled pipe- protection of variations in oxygen content, temperature,
lines) andwhere adequate provisions for corrosion and water/soil resistivity of the particular offshore envi-
control have been made. ronment in which the pipeline isinstalled.
A461.1.2ProtectiveCoating For installations containing flexible pipe, consider-
(a) In addition to the provisions of para. 461.1.2(a), ation shall be given to the needfor galvanic anodes
the coating systems for offshore pipeline systems shall or impressed current at theendconnections.
be selectedforthetype of environment inwhichthe (b) Provisionsofpara.461.1.3(b) do not apply to
facilityisto be installedandshallhavethefollowing offshore pipeline systems. A cathodic protection system
additionalcharacteristics: shall be installed at thetimeofpipelineinstallation
low water absorption; or as soon as practical after pipeline installation.
compatibilitywith system operating temperature; (d) Provisions of para. 461.1.3(d) do notapplyto
compatibilitywithweightcoatingapplication offshore pipeline systems. Owners of other offshore
method, if applicable; pipelines or facilities which may be affected by installa-
sufficient toughness to withstand damage during tion of a cathodic protectionsystemshall be notified
installation and operation; ofsaidinstallation.
resistance to future deterioration in a submerged A461.1.4ElectricalIsolation
environment; (a) In addition to theprovisions of para.461.1.4,
ease of repair; and consideration shall be giventoelectricallyisolating
resistance to cathodic disbondment. supporting devices, such as clamps and pipe supports,
The coating selected shall be applied in accordance from the riser on platforms. Wiring and piping connec-
with established specificationsandthemanufacturer’s tionsto an electrically isolatedpipeline shall also be
recommendations. insulatedfrom devices groundedtotheplatform.
@ The provisions of para. 46 1.1.2(f) do not apply
to offshore pipeline systems. If coated pipe is installed A461.1.5 TestLeads
by boring, driving, or other similar method, precautions (a) It is considered impractical to locate test leads

ASME 831.4-1998 Edition A461.1.SA463.1
onsubmergedportionsofoffshorepipelinesystems. A463 EXTERNALCORROSIONCONTROL

Considerationshould be giventoinstallingtestleads FOROFFSHOREPIPINGSYSTEMS
on platform risers, platform piping, and pipeline shore EXPOSEDTOATMOSPHERIC
crossings. CONDITIONS
A463.1 New Installations

A461.1.6 ElectricalInterference
(c) Whennewpipelinearelaid in thevicinityof Theoptionofdemonstrating“by test, investigation,
existinglines,measuresshall be takentominimize or experience in area of applicationthatacorrosive
electricalinterference. atmosphere does not exist,” does not apply to offshore
pipeline systems. The type of protective coating selected
A461.3 Monitoring shall be resistant to the environment existingin offshore
locations. The surface preparation and coating applica-
(b) Evidence of adequate level of cathodic protection tion shall be performed in accordance with established
shall be by one or more of the criteria listed in NACE specifications and the manufacturer’s recommendations.
RP-06-75. The selected coating should have the following charac-
teristics:
(h) If repairsaremadetooffshorepipelinesbelow lowwaterabsorption,
water, inspection for evidence of external corrosion or resistancetowateraction,
coatingdeteriorationshall be made; andnecessary compatibility with systemoperatingtemperature,
corrective action shallbe taken to maintain the corrosion resistancetoatmosphericdeterioration,
protection of the pipeline. resistancetomechanicaldamage,and
Whenan offshore pipeline is lifted above water for ease ofrepair.
maintenance or repair purpose, the operating company The splash zone area of the offshore pipeline system
shall visually inspect for evidence of coating deteriora- shall be designedwithadditionalprotectionagainst
tion, external corrosion, and where possible, the condi- corrosion. This shall be accomplished by one or more
tionofanyexposedanode.Ifexcessivecorrosion is ofthefollowing:
present,remedialactionshall be taken as necessary. specialcoating;
( i ) Considerationshould begiven totheperiodic specialprotectivesystemsandtechniques;and
useofinternalinspectiontoolstomonitorexternal other suitable measures, including selection of pipe
pipeline corrosion. material.
91

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition Appeadh A
APPENDIX A
REFERENCED STANDARDS]
Specific editions of standards incorporated in this Code by reference, and the names and addresses of the sponsoring organizations, are shown
in this Appendix. It is not practical to refer to a specific edition of each standard throughout the Code text; instead, the specific edition reference
dates are shown here. Appendix A will be revised at intervals as needed, and issued in Addenda to this Code. An asterisk (*I is used to indicate
those standards that have been accepted as American National Standards by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
ASTM Specifications ASTM Specifications (Cont'd) MSS Standard Practices
A 6/A 6M-96 A 505-87 (R1993) SP-6-1996

A 2O/A 20M-96a A 506-93 SP-25-1993
A 29/A 29M-93a A 507-93 SP-44-1996
A 36/A 36M-96 A 514/A 514M-94a SP-55-1996
A 515/A 515M-92 *SP-58-1993
A 53-96 A 516/A 516M-90 (R1996) SP-61-1992
A 517/A 517M-93 SP-67-1995
A 105/A 105M-96 A 524-93 [Note (211 SP-69-1996
A 106-95 [Note ( 2 ) l A 530/A 530M-96 SP-70-1990
A 126-95 SP-71-1990
A 134-93 A 5721A 572M-94C SP-75-1993
A 135-96 [Note ( 2 ) l A 5731A 573M-93a SP-78-1987 (R92)
A 139-93a A 575-89
A 576-90b (R1995)
A 181IA 181M-95b API Standards and Other
A 182IA 182M-96 A 633/A 633M-95 Publications
A 193/A 193M-96b
A 194/A 194M-96 A 663/A 663M-89 (R1994) RP 2A-WSD, 20th Ed., 1993
A 671-94
A 216lA 216M-93 A 672-94 'Spec.58, 14th Ed., 1996
A 217/A 217M-95 A 675/A 675M-90a *Spec. 5L, 41st Ed., 1995
A 225/A 225M-93 A 694/A 694M-95C [Note ( 3 ) l
A 234/A 234M-96b *RP 5L1, 5th Ed., 1996
A 242/A 242M-93a *RP 5LW, 2nd Ed., 1996
NFPA Codes (Incorporates 5L1, 5L5, and
A 283/A 283M-93a 516)
A 285/A 285M-90 *30-1996 *Spec.6A, 17th Ed., 1996
*70-1996 Spec. 60, 21st Ed., 1994
A 307-94 *Spec. 126, 14th Ed., 1995
A 320/A 320M-94a (R1995) *Spec. 12D, 10th Ed., 1994
A 325-96 AWS Standards *Spec. 12F, 11th Ed., 1994
A 333/A 333M-94
A 350/A 350M-96a *A3.0-1994 RP 178, 1 st Ed., 1988
*D3.6-1993 *RP 500, 1st Ed., 1991
A 354-95
A 381-93 Std. 600, 10th Ed., 1997
A 395-88 (R1993) NACE Standards and Other
Publications Std. 602, 6th Ed., 1993
A 420/A 420M-96 [Note ( 5 ) l 'Std. 603, 5th Ed., 1991
MR-01-75 (1997 Rev.) 'Std. 620, 9th Ed., 1996
A 449-93 RP-01-69 (1996 Rev.) *Std. 650, 9th Ed., 1993
RP-01-75
A 487fA 487M-93 RP-01-77 (1995 Rev.) RP 1102, 6th Ed., 1993
A 490/A 490M-93 RP-06-75 (1998 Rev.) *Std. 1104, 18th Ed., 1994
Corrosion Data Survey - Metals *RP 1107, 3rd Ed., 1991
Section, 6th Ed., 1985 RP 1109, 2nd Ed., 1993
93

Appendix A ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
REFERENCED STANDARDS' (CONT'D)
API Standards and Other ASM E Codes and Standards ASME Codes
Standards
and
Publications (Cont'd) (Cont'd)
*ASME Boiler andPressureVessel
RP 1110, 4th Ed., 1997 Code, 1995 Ed. *B16.20-1993
RP 1111, 2nd Ed., 1993 '616.21-1992
RP 1117, 2nd Ed., 1996 *B1.1-1989 '816.25-1997
*B1.20.1-1983 (Rl.992) '616.28-1994
Publ. 2015, *B1.20.3-1976
5th Ed., 1994 (Rl.991) '8316-1991
Publ. 2200, 3rd Ed., 1994 '831.5-1992 & Addenda-1994
Publ. 2201, 4th
*B16.5-1996
[Note
Ed., 1995 (4)l *B36.10M-1996
(R1994) *636.19M-1985 *B16.9-1993
API Manual of Petroleum *B16.10-1992
Measurement Standards
NOTES:
(1) Theissue date shown immediately following the number of the standard (e.g., A 53-96, 81.1-1989, and SP-6-1996 is the effective date
of issue (edition) of the standard.
(2) Approved only if mill hydrostatic test is performed.
(3) Use of bell and spigot line pipe not permitted.
(4) Limited as set forth in para. 402.2.1.
(5) A 420/A 420M Grade WPL9 is not suitable for anhydrous ammonia due to copper content.
Titles of standards and specifications listed above which are referenced in the text but do not appear in Table 423.1 - Material Standards
or Table 426.1 - Dimensional Standards are as follows:
API ... Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards

API 2A-WSD Recommended Practice for Planning,Designing, and Constructing Fixed Platforms - Working Stress Design
API 5L1 Recommended Practice for Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe
API 5LW Recommended Practice for Tansportation of Line Pipe on Barges and Marine Vessels
API 12B Specification for Bolted Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids
API 120 Specification for Field Welded Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids
API 12F Specification for Shop Welded Tanks for Storage of Production Liquids
API 178 Recommended Practice for Flexible Pipe
API 500 Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities
API 620 Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-Pressure Storage Tanks
API 650 Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage
API 1102 Recommended Practice for Liquid Petroleum Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways
API 1104 Standard for Welding Pipelines and Related Facilities
API 1107 Recommended Pipeline Maintenance Welding Practices
API 1109 Recommended Practice for Marking Liquid Petroleum Pipeline Facilities
API 1110 Recommended Practice for Pressure Testing of Liquid Petroleum Pipelines
API 1111 Recommended Practice for Design, Construction, Operation and Maintenance of Offshore Hydrocarbon Pipelines
API 2015 Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks
API 2200 Repairing Crude Oil, Liquefied Petroleum Gas, and Product Pipelines
API 2201 Procedures for Welding or Hot Tapping on Equipment in Service
ASME ... Boiler andPressure VesselCode, Section VI11 Division 1 Pressure Vessels, Section VI11 Division 2Alternative
Rules for Pressure Vessels, and Section I X Welding and Brazing Qualifications
ASME 8316 Manual for Determining the Remaining Strength of Corroded Pipelines: A Supplement to 831, Code for Pressure
Piping
ASME 631.5 Refrigeration Piping
AWS A3.0 Welding Terms and Definitions
AWS 03.6 Specification for Underwater Welding
NACE ... Corrosion Data Survey - Metals Section
NACE M R-01-75 Sulfide Stress Cracking Resistant Metallic Materials for Oil Field Equipment
NACE RP-01-69 Recommended Practice - Control of External Corrosion on Underground or Submerged Metallic Piping Systems
NACE RP-01-75 Recommended Practice: Control of Internal Corrosion in Steel Pipelines Systems
NACE RP-01-77 Mitigation of Alternating Current and Lightning Effects on Metallic Structures and Corrosion Control Systems
NAC E RP-06-75 Recommended Practice: Control of Corrosion on Offshore Steel Pipelines
94

ASME 831.4-1998 Edition
REFERENCED STANDARDS' (CONT'D)
NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
Specifications and standads of the following organizations appear in Appendix A:
ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc. AWS American Welding Society
11 West 42nd Street P.O. Box 351040
New York, NY 10036 550 N.W.LeJeuneRoad
212 642-4900 Miami, FL 33126
305 443-9353
API American Petroleum Institute
Order Desk MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the
1220 L Street,N.W. Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.
Washington, DC 20005-4070 127 Park Street, N.E.
202 682-8375 Vienna, VA 22180
703 281-6613
ASME The American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Three Park Avenue NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
New York, N Y 10016-5990 1440 South Creek Drive
212 591-8500 P.O. Box 218340
Houston, TX 77218-8340
ASME Order Department 281 492-0535
22 Law Drive
Box 2900 NFPA National Fire Protection Association
Fairfield, NJ 07007-2900 Batterymarch Park
800 843-2763 Quincy, MA 02269-9101
201 882-1167 617 770-3000
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials

100 Bar Harbor Drive
WestConshocken, PA 19428-2959
610 832-9500
95

ASME B31.4-199% Edition B-1-B-3
APPENDIX B
SUBMITTAL OF TECHNICAL INQUIRIES TO THE B31 PRESSURE
PIPING COMMITTEE
B-1 INTRODUCTION (a) Purpose.followinpr:

oneSpecify
the of w
(I) revision Of presentCoderule(s);

TheASMEB31PressurePipingCommitteeandits
(2) newor additionalCoderule(s);
Section Committees meet regularly to consider revisions
(3) CodeCase;
oftheCoderules,newCoderules as dictated by
technological development, Code Cases, and Code inter- (4) Codeinterpretation.
pretations.ThisAppendixprovidesguidancetoCode (b) Background. Provide the information needed for
users for submitting technical inquiries to the Commit- the Committee’s understanding ofthe inquiry,being
tee.Technicalinquiriesincluderequestsforrevisions sure to include reference to the applicable Code Section,
or additions to the Code rules, requests for Code Cases, Edition, Addenda, paragraphs, figures, and tables. Pref-
andrequestsforCodeinterpretations. erably, provide a copy of the specific referenced portions
Code Cases maybeissuedbythe Committee when of the Code.
theneed isurgent.CodeCasesclarifythe intent of ( c ) Presentations. Theinquirer may desire or be
existingCoderequirements or providealternativere- asked toattendameetingoftheCommitteetomake
quirements. Code Cases are written as a question and a
formal presentation or toanswerquestionsfrom
areplyandareusuallyintended to be incorporated the Committee members withregardtotheinquiry.
intotheCodeatalaterdate.Codeinterpretations Attendance ataCommittee meeting shall be atthe
provide the meaning of or the intent of existing rules expense of the inquirer. The inquirer’s attendance or
in theCodeandarealsopresented as aquestionand lack of attendance at a meeting shall not be a basis for
a reply. Both Code Cases and Code interpretations are acceptance or rejection of the inquiry by the Committee.
published by theCommittee.
The Code rules, Code Cases, and Code interpretations B-3 CODE REVISIONS OR ADDITIONS
established bythe Committee are nottobe considered
as approving,recommending,certifying, or endorsing Requests for Code revisionsor additions shall provide
any proprietary or specific design or as limiting in any the following:
waythefreedomofmanufacturers or constructorsto ( a ) Proposed Revision(s) or Additions(s). For revi-
choose any method of design or any formof construction sions, identify the rulesof the Code that require revision
thatconformstotheCoderules. and submit acopyoftheappropriaterules as they
Asan alternative to the requirements of this Appen- appear in theCode marked up with the
proposed
dix, membersof the Committee and its Section Commit- revision. For additions, provide the recommended word-
teesmayintroducerequestsforCoderevisions or ingreferenced tothe existingCoderules.
additions, Code Cases, and Code interpretations at their (6) Statement of Need. Provideabriefexplanation
respectiveCommitteemeetings or maysubmitsuch of theneedfortherevision(s) or addition(s).
requests to thesecretary of aSectionCommittee. (c) Background Information. Providebackground
Inquiries that do notcomply with the provisions of information tosupport therevision(s) or addition(s)
this Appendix or that do not provide sufficient informa- including any data or changes in technology that form
tion for the Committee’s full understanding may result the basis for the request that will allow the Committee
in therequestbeingreturnedtotheinquirer with no to adequately evaluate the proposed revision(s)or addi-
action. tion(s). Sketches, tables, figures, and graphs should be
submitted as appropriate. When applicable, identify any
pertinent paragraph in the Code that would be affected
by the revision(s) or addition(s) and paragraphs inthe
B-2 INQUIRYFORMAT Code that reference the paragraphs that are be to revised
SubmittalstotheCommitteeshallinclude: or added.
97

B-3-B-6 ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
B-4 CODECASES ( c ) Background Information. Provide

any
back-
groundinformationthat will assisttheCommittee in
RequestsforCodeCasesshallprovideastatement
understandingtheproposedinquiryandreply.
of need andbackgroundinformationsimilartothat
definedinB-3(b)andB-3(c),respectively,forCode
revisions or additions. The proposed Code Case should B-6 SUBMITTAL AND RESPONSE (981
identify the Code Section and be written as a question SubmittalstoandresponsesfromtheCommittee
and a reply in the same format as existing Code Cases. shallmeetthefollowing:
(a) Submittal. Inquiries from Code users shall prefer-
B-5 CODE INTERPRETATIONS ably be submitted in typewritten form; however, legible
handwritteninquiries will also be considered.They
RequestsforCodeinterpretationsshallprovidethe shall include the name, address, telephone number, and
following: fax number, if available, of the inquirer and be mailed
(a) Inquiry. Provideacondensedandpreciseques- tothefollowingaddress:
tion, omitting superfluous background information, and, Secretary
when possible,composed insuch a waythat a“yes” ASME B31 Committee
or a “no” reply, possibly with brief provisos, is accept- ThreeParkAvenue
able. The question should be technically and editorially NewYork, NY 10016-5990
correct. (b) Response. The Secretary of
the
appropriate
(b) Reply. Provide a proposed reply that will clearly SectionCommitteeshallacknowledgereceiptofeach
and concisely answer the inquiry question. Preferably, properlypreparedinquiryandshallprovideawritten
thereplyshould be “yes” or %o” possiblywithbrief responsetotheinquirer upon completion of there-
provisos. questedaction bythe appropriateSectionCommittee.
98

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition Index
Abandoning a piping system, 457 Circumferential stresses, additive, 402.3.2(e),

Accidental ignition, prevention of, 452.7 434.13.4(c), 451.9(b)
Additive circumferential stresses, 402.3.2(e), Clearance, pipelines and underground structures,
434.13.4(c), 45 1.9(b) 434.6(c)
Additive longitudinal stresses, 402.3.2(d) Closures
Allowable stresses and other stress limits, 402.3 selection and limitations, 406.6
Allowances and tolerances, wall thickness, 402.4 Coating, protective, application and inspection,
Ambient influences, 401.4 436.5.1(b), 451.6.2(~)(10),461.1.2, 462.1(c),
Ammonia, liquid anhydrous, 400.2, 423.2.5, 450.l(d), 463.1, 464(a)(3)
454(e)(7), 462.1 .(d) Cold worked steel pipe, special requirements, Table
Anchoring, 419.l(c), (d), 421.l(c) 402.3.l(a), 402.3.1 (d), 405.2.1 (d), 434.7.1
(a)
Arc bums, 434.8.7(a), 436.5.1(a)(2), 451.6.2(a)(3), Combined stress calculations, 419.6.4
(b)(4), Combustible materials, storageof, 452.4
Assembly of piping components, 435 Communications, 45 1.2
Attachments to piping, 404.3.4 Connections to main lines, 434.16
Auxiliary piping, 422 Construction specifications, 434.1
Contraction, thermal, 401.7
Control piping, 422.3
Corrective measures for corrosion control, 464
Backfilling, 434.1 1
Corrosion allowance, 402.4.1
Bending, properties, unidentified pipe, 437.6.2
Corrosion control
Bends, pipe
pipelines
design, 404.2.1
cathodic protection system, 461.1.3
fabrication, 434.7.1
corrective measures, 464
flattening, 434.7.1(b)
electrical interference, 46 1.1.6
mitered bends, 406.2.2, 434.7.2
electrical isolation, 461.1.4
radius, 406.2.1(b)
electrical test leads, 461.1.5
wrinkle bends, 406.2.4
external corrosion, 434.19, 453, 460, 461, 463
Bolting, 408.5, 425.4
internal corrosion, 434.19, 453,460, 462
procedure, 435.2
monitoring, 461.3, 462.3, 463.3
specifications, Tables 423.1 and 426.1
protective coatings, application and inspection,
Branch connections, 404.3.1
436.5.1(b), 451.6.2(~)(10),461.1.2, 462.l(c),
Building installation, 434.20.3
463.1, 464(a)(3)
Butt welds, 41 1.2, 434.8.6(a)
pump stations, tank farms, and terminals, 461.1.1(b),
type groove and joint design, 434.8.6(a)
461.2(b)
Corrosion limits, 45 1.6.2(a)(6), (a)(7)
Corrosion records, 455,465
Carbon dioxide, 400.2, 402.5, 437.4.1, 460 Coupled joints,4 18.1
Casings under railroads and highways, 434.13.4(b), Couplings, 406.3
451.9(a), 461.1.2(f) Cover, minimum for buried pipelines, Table 434.6(a)
Cast iron, 423.2.4 Crosses
flanges, 408.1.1(c) design, 404.3.1(a)
valves, 407.l(b) selection and limitations, 406.5
Cathodic protection system, 461.1.3 Crossings, 434.13
Changes affecting safety, 450.2(d) bridge attachments, 434.13.3
99

Index ASME 831.41998 Edition
highway crossings, 434.13.4, 45 1.9 Elbows

overhead structures, 434.13.2 design, 404.2.2
railroad crossings, 434.13.4, 451.9 installation, 434.7.3
river and stream crossings, 434.13.1 selection and limitations, 406.2.3
safety precautions, 434.3.2(c) Electrical installations, 434.22, 461.1.3(c)
underground structures, 434.6(c) Electrical interference, corrosion control, 461.1.6
underwater construction, 434.13.l(a) Electrical isolation, corrosion control, 461.1.4
Currents, dynamic effects, 401.5.6 Electrical test leads for corrosion control, 461.1.5
Curved segments of pipe, 404.2 Emergency plan, 450.2(c), 454
Cutting and welding, safe practices in, 434.8.1(c), Expansion, allowable stresses, 402.3.2(c)
451.6.1, 451.6.2(~)(1),452.7(c) Expansion, fluid effects, 401.4.2
Expansion, thermal, 401.7
Expansion and flexibility, 419
Dead loads, 401.6.2 Expansion coefficient, 419.6.1
Definitions, 400.2 External corrosion, 434.19, 453, 460, 461, 463
Derating, operating pressure, 45 1.7 External design pressure, 401.2.3, 404.1.3
Design Extruded outlet headers, 404.3.1(b)
auxiliary and other specific piping, 422
conditions, 401
criteria, 402,403 Fabrication (construction), 434
expansion and flexibility, 419 Fencing, 434.20.2, 434.21.2, 452.5
external pressure, 401.2.3, 404.1.3 Ferrous pipe, 405.2.1
factor, 402.3.1 Fillet welds, 434.8.6(b)
internal pressure, 401.2.2, 404.1.2 Fire protection, 434.20.7
loads on pipe supporting elements, 420 Firewalls, dikes or, 434.21.5
pipe supporting elements, 421 Fish tails and flat closures, 406.6.3
pressure design of piping components, 404 Fittings
curved segments of pipe, 404.2 design, 404.2.2, 404.3.1(a), 404.5, 404.6, 404.7
flanges, 404.5 dimensions, 426
intersections, 404.3 flexibility and stress intensification factors,
reducers, 404.6 419.6.4(c)
straight pipe, 404.1 installation, 434.7
other pressure containing components, 404.7 materials, 423
selection and limitations of piping components selection and limitations, 406, 408
fittings, elbows, bends, and intersections, 406 Flanged joints, selection and limitation, 412
flanges, facings, gaskets, and bolting, 408 Flanges
pipe, 405 attachment, welding details for, 434.8.6(b)
valves, 407 bolting, 408.5, 425.4
selection and limitation of piping joints bolting specifications, Tables 423.1 and 426.1
flanged, 412 cast iron, 408.l.l(c)
sleeve, coupled, and other patented joints, 418 facings, 408.3
threaded, 4 14 pressure design, 404.5
welded, 4 1 1 selection and limitations, 408
temperature, 401.3.1 specifications, Tables 423.1 and 426.1
Dikes or firewalls, 434.21.5 Flattening, pipe bends, 434.7.1(b)
Dimensional requirements, 426 Flattening test for pipe, 437.6.2(a)
Disposal piping, 422.6 Flexibility, expansion and, 419
Ditching, 434.6 Flexibility factors, 419.6.4(c)
Dynamic effects, 401.5 Fluid expansion effect, 401.4.2
Earthquake, dynamic effect, 401.5.3 Gaskets, selection and limitation, 408.4
100

ASME B31.4-199% Edition Index
Gas pockets, welds, 434.8.5(b) Internal pressure design equation for pipe, 404.1.2
General corrosion, 45 1.6.2.(a)(6) Interpass temperature for welding, 434.8.8(a)
General statements, 400 Intersections
Girth welds, 434.8 design, 404.3
Gouges in pipe, 434.5, 436.5.1(a)(2), 451.6.2 selection and limitations, 406.5
Grooves in pipe, 434.5, 436.5.l(a)(2), 451.6.2 Iron, cast, malleable, and wrought, 423.2.4
Groove type, butt welds, 434.8.6(a)
Grooving allowance, 402.4.2
Joint factor E for weld seam of pipe, 402.4.3
determination of, 437.6.4
Hangers and supports, 421 Joint selection and limitations
Headers, extruded outlet, 404.3.1 (b) flanged joints, 412
Highway crossings, 434.13.4, 451.9 sleeve, coupled, and other patented joints, 418
Holder (storage), pipe, 434.21.3(d) threaded joints, 414
Hot taps, 45 1.6.1, 45 1.6.2(b), (c) welded joints, 411
Hydrostatic test, 437.1.4(a)(2), 437.4.1, 45 1.6.3(a)
Lapped flanges, 408.1.1 (b)

Ignition, prevention of accidental, 452.7 Leak records, 455
Impact, dynamic effect, 401.5.1 Leak repairs, 451.6.2(b), (c)
Imperfections, limits and disposition, 451.6.2(a) Leak tests for pipelines to operate at 20% or less of
Inland coastal water construction, 434.14 SMYS, 437.1.4(a)(3), 437.4.3
Inquiries, App. B Limitations
Inspection fittings, elbows, bends, and intersections, 406
during construction, 434.2, 436 flanges, facings, gaskets, and bolting, 408
operation and maintenance materials, 423.2
pipelines, 451 pipe, 405
pump stations, terminals, and tank farms, 452 valves, 407
welding, 434.8.5, 451.6.3 Limits of imperfections, 451.6.2(a)
Inspector qualification, 436.2 Line markers, 402.1, 434.18, 451.3
Installation Loads
connections to main lines, 434.16 currents, dynamic effects, 401.5.6
electrical facilities, 434.22.3, 461.1.3(c) dead, 401.6.2
electrical test leads, 461.1.5 external, 434.13.4(c), 45 1.9(b)
instrument and other auxiliary piping, 435.5 live, 401.6.1
line markers, 434.18, 45 1.3 occasional, 402.3.3
liquid metering facilities, 434.23 pipe supporting elements, 420
liquid strainers and filters, 434.24 sustained and thermal expansion, 402.3.2
manifolds, 435.4 waves, dynamic effects, 401.5.6
pipe in the ditch, 434.11 wind, 4015 2
protective coatings, 461.1.2, 463.1 Localized corrosion pitting, 45 1.6.2(a)(7)
pumping unit piping, 435.3 Location of
pump station, tank farm, and terminal facilities, pump stations, 434.20.2
434.20 storage and working tankage, 434.2 1.2
scraper traps, 434.17 valves, 434.15
special crossings, 434.13 Longitudinal stresses, 402.3.2(d)
storage and working tankage, 434.21 Longitudinal weld seam joint factor E for pipe, 402.4.3
valves, 434.15
Instruments and other auxiliary piping, 422.3, 435.5
Intensification factors, Fig. 419.6.4(c) Maintenance
Internal corrosion, 434.19, 453, 460, 462 pipeline, 451
Internal design pressure, 401.2.2 plans and procedures, 450
101

Index B31.4-1998Edition
pump stations, terminals, and tank farms, 452 design and protection of special assemblies,
relief valves, pressure limiting devices, etc., 452.3 A402.3.10
valves, 45 1.7 design
Malleable iron, 423.2.4 conditions, A401
Markers, line, 402.1, 434.18, 451.3 general, A401.1
Materials, 423 criteria, A402
limitations, 423.2 expansion and flexibility, A402.3.6
qualification of, 423.1(b) clamps and supports, A402.3.7
specifications, 423.1 connectors and flanges, A402.3.8
Maximum steady state operating pressure, 401.2.2, factors for offshore pipeline systems, Table
451.1, 451.7, 456(b) 402.3.5(a)
Meters, 434.23 flexible pipe, A402.3.11
Mitered bends load classifications
fabrication, 434.7.2 hydrostatic test, A401.11.1
limitations, 406.2.2 installation, A401.9.1
Modulus of elasticity, 419.6.2 operational, A40 1.10.1
Monitoring, corrosion control, 461.3, 462.3, 463.3 other design considerations, A4 10
Monitoring, flow, 452.l(b) pressure components, A404
Multiple openings, reinforcement, 404.3.1(e) pipe supporting elements, A421
pipeline crossings, A402.3.12
structural riser protectors, A402.3.9
Nominal wall thickness, 404.1.1 disposition of defects, A45 1.6.2
Normal operating conditions, 402.2.3 ditching, A434.6
Normal operation, variations from, 402.2.4 electrical interference, A461.1.6
electrical isolation, A461.1.4
emergency plan, A454
environmental loads
Offshore during hydrostatic test, A401.11.3
allowable stresses and other stress limits, A402.3 during installation, A401.9.3
allowances, A402.4 during operation, A401.10.3
backfilling, A434.11 expansion and flexibility, A4 19
bends, pipe fencing, A452.5
bends, miters and elbows, A406.2, A434.7 fittings, elbows, bends, and intersections, A406
made from pipe, A434.7.1 flanges, facings, gaskets and bolting, A408
bottom soils, A401.9.4 flanges, A408.1
branch connections, A404.3.1 facings, A408.3
cathodic protection system, A461.1.3 general, A408.1.1, A408.3.1
closures, A406.6 flexible pipe, A405.3
fabricated, A406.6.4 repair, A451.6.4
construction, A434 general statements, A400
inspection, A434.2 handling, hauling, stringing, and storing, A434.4
corrosion control hydrostatic test design considerations, A401.11
external corrosion control, A461, A463 hydrostatic test loads, A40 1.1 1.2
new installations, A46 1.1, A463.1 inspection, A436, A45 1.11
offshore piping systems exposed to atmospheric offshore pipeline risers, A451.10
conditions, A463 type and extent of examination, A436.5
offshore submerged pipelines, A46 1 visual, A436.5. I
general, A460, A461.1.1 installation, design considerations, A401.9
internal corrosion control, A462 loads, A40 1.9.2
definitions, A400.2 procedures and equipment selection, A434.14.2
derating a pipeline to a lower operating pressure, intersections, A404.3
A45 1.7 leak testing, A437.4.3
I02

Index
limitations on materials, A423.2 testing, A437

line markers, A434.18 general, A437.1
markers, A45 1.3 pressure, A437.4
materials, A423 testing after new construction, A437.1.4
acceptable materials and specifications, A423.1 threaded joints, A414
mitered elbows, A406.2.2 general, A4 14.1
monitoring, A461.3, A462.3 used piping components and equipment, A409
movement of existing pipelines, A434.14.3 valves, A407
offshore block and isolating valves, A434.15
design conditions, A401.1.1 general, A407.1, A434.15.1
pipeline construction, A434.14 maintenance, A45 1.8
platform, pump station, terminal and tank farm water crossing, A434.13.1
operation and maintenance, A452 welding, A434.8
operational, design considerations, A401.10 weld joint factors, A402.4.3
loads, A40 1.10.2 welding qualifications, A434.8.3
orange peel swages, A406.4.2 welding quality, A434.8.5
patrolling, A451.5 Operating pressure, 401.2.2, 451.1, 45 1.7, 456
pigs and internal inspection tools, A410.1 Operation and maintenance
pipe, A405 pipeline, 45 1
ferrous pipe, A405.2.1 plans and procedures, 450.2
general, A404.1.1 procedures affecting safety, 450
metallic pipe, A405.2 pump station, terminal, and tank farm, 452
straight pipe, A404.1 qualifying for a higher operating pressure, 456
pipe depth and alignment, A434.14.1 records, 455
pipeline operation and maintenance, A45 1 Orange peel bull plugs, 406.6.3
plans and procedures, A450.2 Orange peel swages, 406.4.2
procedures affecting the safety of liquid Organizations, standards and specifications of, App. A
transportation piping systems, A450 Overpressuring, protection against, 402.2.4
pipeline repairs, A45 1.6
general, A45 1.6.1
prevention of accidental ignition, A452.7 Patrolling, 45 1.5
protective coating, A461.1.2 Pipe, steel
qualification bends, 404.2.1
of inspectors, A436.2 buckles, 434.5, 436.5.1(a)(2)
tests, A437.6 coated or lined, 405.2.1(e)
railroads and highways crossing existing pipelines, cold worked steel, special limitations, Table
A45 1.9 402.3.1(a), 402.3.1(d), 434.7.1(a), 405.2.l(d)
records, A437.7 dents, 434.5, 436.5.1(a)(2), 451.6.2
reductions, A406.4 design, 404.1
repair of flexible pipe, A45 1.6.4 end of preparations, standard, 434.8.6(a)
right of way, A434.3 expansion and flexibility, 419
right of way maintenance, A451.4 flattening, test for, 437.6.2(a)
route selection considerations, A401.12 gouges and grooves, 434.5, 436.5.l(a)(2), 45 1.6.2
scope, A400.1 handling, hauling, stringing, and storing, 434.4
special components, A410.2 hangers, 42 1.1(e)
special crossings, A434.13 holder for storage, 434.21.3(d)
strength criteria inspection, 436
during installation and testing, A402.3.4 installation of, in the ditch, 434.10
during operations, A402.3.5 installation of, special crossings, 434.13
stress relieving, A434.8.9 joint factor E for weld seam, 402.4.3
survey and staking or marking, A434.3.3 limitations of design values, 402.3.1(g)
test leads. A46 1.1.5 protection from unusual external conditions, 402.1
103

Index ASME B31.4-1998 Edition
protective coatings, 436.5.1(b), 45 1.6.2(c)(lo), Procedures, operation and maintenance, 450

46 1.1.2, 462.I(c), 463.1, 464(a)(3) Procedures, pipe bending, 434.7.1
qualification of specification ASTM A 120, Procedures and welders, qualification of, 434.8.3
405.2.1(c) Proof tests, 404.7
reuse of, 405.2.1(b), (c) Proprietary items, 400.1.2(g)
selection and limitations, 405 limitations, 423.2.4(b)
specifications, list of, Tables 423.1 and 426.1 Protection of pipelines against unusual external
specified minimum yield strength, Table 402.3. I(a) conditions, 402.1
supporting elements, loads and design, 420,421 Protective coatings, 436.5.1(b), 45 1.6.2(c)(IO), 461.1.2,
surface requirements, 434.5 462.1(c), 463.1, 464(a)(3)
testing, 437, 45 1.6.3, 456(b) Pump stations, tank farms, and terminals, 434.20
threads, 414.1, 426.3 building installation, 434.20.3
unidentified or used, limitations, 405.2.1(b), (c) corrosion control, 46 1.1.1(b), 46 1.2(b)
unidentified, S value, 402.3.l(c) electrical facilities, 434.22
used, S value, 402.3.1(b) fenced areas, 434.20.2, 452.5
welding, 434.8 fire protection, 434.20.7
Pipeline repairs, 451.6 location, 434.20.2
Pipelines on bridges, 434.13.3 operation and maintenance, 452
Pipe-type holders (storage), 434.2 1.3(d) piping, 434.20.5
Piping pressure disposal piping, 422.6
abandoning of, 457 pumping equipment and prime movers, 434.20.4
anchorage for safety devices, 434.20.6
buried, 419.l(b), (c), 419.7.3(e) testing, 437, 456(b)
exposed, 419.l(d), 419.7.3(e), 421.1
control, instrument, and other auxiliary, 422;3, 435.5
hangers, 42 l.l(e)
Qualification
pressure disposal, 422.6
inspectors, 436.2
supports for, 420, 421
materials, 423
testing, 437, 45 1.6.3
procedures and welders, 434.8.3
welding, 434.8
records, welding, 434.8.3(d)
Pitting, localized corrosion, evaluation of, 45 1.6.2(a)(7)
Qualifying system for higher pressure, 456
Plan, emergency, 450.2(c), 454
Plans and procedures, operation and maintenance, 450
Platform risers, 45 I . 10
Plugs, orange peel bull, 406.6.4 Radiograph examination
Pneumatic, testing, 437.4.3 crossings, 434.8.5
Poisson’s ratio, 419.6.3 field welds, 434.8.5, 451.6.3
Preheating, and interpass temperature for welding, procedures, 434.8.5(a)(2)
434.8.8 tie-ins, 434.8.5, 437.1.4(b), 451.6.3
Pressure Radius, pipe bends, 406.2.1(b)
derating, 45 1.7 Railroad crossings, 434.13.4, 45 1.9
design, 401.2, 404 Railroad transportation of pipe, 434.4
disposal piping, 422.6 Ratings, pressure, 402.2
limiting devices Records
capacity of, 402.2.4 corrosion of pipelines, 455, 465
installation, 434.20.6 design, construction, and testing, 437.7
testing, 437.1.4(c), 452.2 inspections, 455(e), 465(b)
maximum steady state operating, 401.2.2, 45 1.1, 456 pipeline leaks, 455(d)
qualifying for higher operating, 456 pipeline patrol, 455(b)
ratings, 402.2 qualifying system for higher pressure, 456(d)
testing, 437, 45 1.6.3, 456(b) welders qualification tests, 434.8.3(d)
Prevention of accidental ignition, 452.7 welding procedures, 434.8.3(d)
104

ASME B31.4-1998 Edition Index
Reducers Stress
design, 404.6 analysis (flexibility), 419.7
selection and limitations, 406.4 calculations, combined, 419.6.4
Reference standards, App. A intensification factors, Fig. 419.6.4(c)
Reinforcement limits, 402.3
extruded outlets, 404.3.l(b) occasional loads, 402.3.3
welded branch connections, 404.3.1(c), (d), (e) sustained loads and thermal expansion, 402.3.2
Relief valves relieving, 434.8.9, 435.4.3, 435.4.4
inspection and testing of, 437.1.4(c), 452.2 Stresses, allowable, 402.3
installation, 434.20.6 Subsidence, dynamic effect, 401 S.5
Removal or repair of defects or imperfections Supports, braces and anchors, 421,l
arc bums, 434.8.7(a), 451.6.2 Surface defects, 434.5, 436.5.1
welds, 434.8.7(b), 45 1.6.2 Surveying and stakingor marking, 434.3.3
other, 434.5, 434.8.7(c), 451.6.2 Swages, orange peel, 406.4.2
Repairs, pipeline, 45 1.6
Repairs, testing, 45 1.6.3
Responsibility for qualificationof procedures and
welders, 434.8.3(e)
Reuse of steel pipe, 405.2.1(b), (c) Tankage, 434.21, 452.3
Right of way, 434.3, 451.4 Tank farms, pump stations, and terminals, 434.20, 452
Risers, platform, 451.10 Taps, hot, 451.6.1, 451.6.2(b), (c)
Road and highway crossings, 434.13.4, 451.9 Tees
design, 404.3.1(a)
selection and limitations, 406.5
Temperature, 40 1.3
Safety devices Terminals, pump stations, tank farms, 434.20, 452
installation, 434.20.6 Testing, 437
maintenance, 452.2 after construction, 437.1.4
testing, 437.1.4(c), 452.2 fabricated items, 437.1.3
scope, 400.1 leak, 437.4.3
Scraper traps, 434.17 pressure limiting devices, 437.1.4(c), 452.2
Signs, 452.6 qualifying for higher operating pressure, 456(b)(2)
Slag inclusions, welds, 434.8.5(b) records, 437.7, 456(d)
Smoking, 452.7 repairs, 45 1.6.3
Spacing of valves, 434.15.2 systems or parts of systems, 437.1.4(a)
Specification ASTM A 120 pipe, qualification, tie-ins, 434.8.5, 437.1.4(b), 451.6.3
405.2.1(c) unidentified or used steel pipe, 437.6
Specifications welding, 434.8.5
electrical installations, 434.22, 46 1.1.3(e) Test leads, corrosion control, 461.1.5
list of, App. A Test pressure, 437.4
material,423.1 Test requirements, 437, 451.6.3, 456(b)
pipeline construction, 434.1 Tests
pump station construction, 434.20 corrosion control, 461.3, 462.3, 463.3
storage and working tankage, 434.21 leak, for pipelines to operate at 20% or less of
Specified minimum yield strength, Table 402.3.l(a) SMYS, 437.1.4(a)(3), 437.4.3
Spiral weld seam joint factor E for pipe, 402.4.3 qualification, unidentified or used steel pipe, 437.6
Standards, dimensional, 426.1 welding, 434.8.5, 45 1.6.3(b)
Standards and specifications, Tables 423.1 and 426.1, Thermal expansion, 419
APP- A coefficient of, 419.6.1
Standards of acceptability of welds, 434.8.5(b) Thickness, steel pipe
Storage and working tankage, 434.21, 452.3 design, 404.1
Storage of combustible materials, 452.4 determination, unidentifiedor used, 437.6.3
105

Index ASME B31.4-199% Edition
Tie-ins, 434.8.5, 434.9, 437.1.4(b), 45 1.6.3 details for openings

Tolerances, wall thickness and defect, 402.4.5 with encirclement, Fig. 404.3.1(~)(1)
Transition nipples, 434.7.3(b), 434.8.6(a) with localized reinforcement, Fig. 404.3.1(~)(2)
without reinforcement, Fig. 404.3.1(~)(3)
end treatment, acceptable
Undercutting welds, 434.8.5(b) equal thickness, Fig. 434.8.6(a)-( 1)
Unidentified or used steel pipe unequal thickness, Fig. 434.8.6(a)-(2)
limitations, 405.2.1(b), (c) filler metal, 434.8.2
qualification tests, 437.6 general, 434.8.1
bending properties, 437.6.2 inspection and tests, 434.8.5(a), 436.5.1(b)(4), (b)(5),
minimum yield strength value, 437.6.7 436.5.2(a), (b), 451.6.3
visual examination, 437.6.1 maintenance, 451.6
wall thickness, 437.6.3 preheating and interpass temperature for, 434.8.8
weldability, 437.6.5 procedure, 434.8.3
weld seam joint factor E, 437.6.4 processes, 434.8.2
yield strength determination, 437.6.6 qualification of procedures and welders, 434.8.3,
451.6.2(c)( I), (c)(2)
qualification records, 434.8.3(d)
Valves responsibility for qualification, 434.8.3(e)
dimensional requirements, 426 safe practices in cutting and welding, 434.8.l(c),
installation and location, 434.15 451.6.1, 451.6.2(~)(1),452.7(c)
maintenance standards of acceptability, 434.8.5(b)
pipeline, 45 1.8 stress relieving, 434.8.9
relief valves, etc., 452.2 terms, 434.8.1(b)
materials, 423 tests, 434.8.5(a), 436.5.2(a), (b), 451.6.3
selection and limitations, 407 variables, 434.8.3(b)
spacing, 434.15.2 Welds
specifications and standards, Tables 423.1 and 426.1 bum-through areas, 434.8.5(b)
testing relief valves, etc., 437.1.4(c), 452.2 cracks in, 434.8.5(b)
Vibration, dynamic effect, 401S.4 discontinuities in, 434.8.5(b)
fillet, 434.8.6(b)
gas pockets, 434.8.5(b)
inadequate penetration and incomplete fusion,
Wall thickness, steel pipe
434.8.5(b)
allowances and tolerances, 402.4
porosity, 434.8.5(b)
least nominal, 404.1
removal or repair of defects, 434.8.7(b)
unidentified or used steel pipe, 437.6.3
slag inclusions, 434.8.5(b)
Waves, dynamic effects, 401.5.6
tack, 434.8.6(c)
Weight effects, 401.6 types of, 434.8.6
Weldability, unidentified or used steel pipe, 437.6.5
undercutting, 434.8.5(b)
Welded branch connections, 404.3.1(c), (d), (e) Wind, dynamic effect, 401.5.2
Welders Wrinkle bends, 406.2.4
qualification of, 434.8.3
requalification requirements, 434.8.3(c)
Welding, 434.8 Yield strength
arc burns, 434.8.7(a), 436.5.1(a)(2), 45 1.6.2(a)(3), specified minimum, steel pipe, Table 402.3.l(a)
(b)(4), unidentified or used steel pipe, 437.6.6, 437.6.7
106

ASME CODE FOR PRESSURE PIPING. B31
B31.1 PowerPiping ................................................................ 1998

B31.2' Fuel Gas Piping .............................................................. 1968
B31.3 ProcessPiping ............................................................... 1999
B3 1.4 Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbons and Other Liquids ....... 1998
B31.5 RefrigerationPiping .......................................................... 1992
B31.8 Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems .............................. 1995
B31.9 Building Services Piping ...................................................... 1996
B31.11 Slurry Transportation Piping Systems ........................................... 1989 (R 1998)
B31G Manual for Determining the Remaining Strength of Corroded Pipelines: A
Supplement to ASME B31 Code for Pressure Piping ............................. 1991
NOTE:
(1) USAS B31.2-1%8 was withdrawn as an American National Standard on February 18. 1988. ASME will continue to make
available USAS B31.2-1968 as an historical document for a period of time.


Ansi B31.4

Uploaded by

Ansi B31.4

Uploaded by

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Licensed by Information Handling Services

ASME B31.4-1888 Edion

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

ASME is the registered trademark of The American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

No part of this document may be reproduced in any form,

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Introduction ............................................................................... wii

Part 3 DesignApplications of PipingComponentsSelectionand Limitations ...... 25

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

B31.411 LIQUID AND SLURRY PIPING TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

B31 EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

B31 MATERIALS, FABRICATIONS, AND EXAMINATION TECHNICAL

B31 MECHANICAL DESIGN TECHNICAL COMMITTEE

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

B31 CONFERENCE GROUP

B31 NATIONAL INTEREST REVIEW GROUP

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

iii, v-ix reflect to Updated

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

45 1.9 Subparagraph (a) revised

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

70,71 461.1.5 Subparagraph (a) revised

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

SCOPE AND DEFINITIONS

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

0 Marine, rail, or truck (all loading or unloading)

FIG.400.1.1 DIAGRAM SHOWING SCOPEOF ASME 831.4 EXCLUDING CARBON DIOXIDE

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Final processing faality

Pipelineterminal -- Carbon dioxide

piping within 831.4 Scope

----- Limitsof productionleaseor field

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

designlife: aperiodoftimeusedindesign calcula- nominalpipe size (NPS): see ASME B36.10M p. 1

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

or may not be used. (This process has sometimes been theelectrodeandsometimesfromasupplementary

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

PART 1 to specifications approved for use under this Code may

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

401.6.1LiveLoads. Liveloadsincludetheweight conform to thosestated for 100°F (40°C) in material

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

402.3AllowableStressesand Other StressLimits theapplicableallowable stress value as determined by

(b) Theallowablestressvalue S to be used for SustainedLoads and ThermalExpansion

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers

A P I 5L A25 25,000 (172) 1.00 18,000 (124)

A P I 5LU U80 80,000 (551) 1.00 57,600 (397)

A P I 5L X42 42,000 (289) 1.00 30,250 (208)

A P I 5L X52 52,000 (358) 1.00 37,450 (258)

A P I 5L X65 65,000 (448) 1.00 46,800 (323)

ASTM A 106 C 40,000 (278) 1.00 28,800 (199)

Furnace Butt Welded, Continuous Welded

A S T M A 53 ... 25,000 (172) 0.60 10,800 (74)

Electric Resistance Welded and Electric Flash Welded

A P I 5L A25 25,000 (172) 1.00 18,000 (124)

A P I 5L X42 42,000 (289) 1.00 30,250 (208)

A P I 5L 52,000X52 (358) 1.00 37,450 (258)

A P I 5L X65 65,000 (448) 1.00 46,800 (323)

A P I 5LU us0 80,000 (551) 1.00 57,600 (397)

A S T M A 333 35,000 6 (241) 1.00 25,000 (174)

COPYRIGHT American Society of Mechanical Engineers